-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, EVDGBi+JrRryRi9VAu6D1YoPGj6X8L+Dg3n1Prlvc+TNVsFiKeH9y/nuWAX+7r0j u7wAt6t82qP/BSlnvqatog== 0000893220-07-003121.txt : 20070918 0000893220-07-003121.hdr.sgml : 20070918 20070918122211 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000893220-07-003121 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 13 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20070630 FILED AS OF DATE: 20070918 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20070918 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001271625 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: FUNCTIONS RELATED TO DEPOSITORY BANKING, NEC [6099] IRS NUMBER: 232636866 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0630 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-50866 FILM NUMBER: 071121838 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. STREET 2: 1436 LANCASTER AVENUE CITY: BERWYN STATE: PA ZIP: 19312-1288 BUSINESS PHONE: 6102963400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1436 LANCASTER AVE CITY: BERWYN STATE: PA ZIP: 19312 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: DFG HOLDINGS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20031128 10-K 1 w39492e10vk.htm DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to_
 
Commission File Number 000-50866
 
 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware   23-2636866
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
1436 Lancaster Avenue
  19312-1288
Berwyn, Pennsylvania
  (Zip Code)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)    
 
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
(610) 296-3400
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share
(Title of Class)
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o.
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of December 31, 2006, 23,759,900 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, were outstanding. As of such date the aggregate market value of voting stock (based upon the last reported sales price in The Nasdaq Global Select Market) held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $661,950,803. As of August 31, 2007, the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding was 24,164,100.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
The Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with its solicitation of proxies for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on November 15, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
 
 


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
Table of Contents
 
2007 Report on Form 10-K
 
Money Mart®, Loan Mart® and We The People® are trademarks of Dollar Financial Corp. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also includes trademarks and tradenames of other companies.
 
                 
PART I
  Business   1
  Risk Factors   22
  Unresolved Staff Comments   28
  Properties   28
  Legal Proceedings   29
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   33
 
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   34
  Selected Financial Data   37
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   40
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   55
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   58
  Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   104
  Controls and Procedures   104
  Other Information   104
 
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   104
  Executive Compensation   104
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   105
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   105
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   105
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   105
  110
 Fiscal 2006 Executive Bonus Plan
 Fiscal 2007 Executive Bonus Plan
 Fiscal Year 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan
 2008 Key Management Bonus Program
 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 Certification of Jeffrey A. Weiss
 Certification of Donald Gayhardt
 Certification of Randy Underwood
 Certification Section 906 for Jeffrey A. Weiss
 Certification Section 906 for Donald Gayhardt
 Certification Section 906 for Randy Underwood


Table of Contents

 
Item 1.   BUSINESS
 
General
 
We are a leading international financial services company serving under-banked consumers. Our financial services store network is the largest network of its kind in each of Canada and the United Kingdom and the second-largest network of its kind in the United States. Our customers are typically service sector individuals who require basic financial services but, for reasons of convenience and accessibility, purchase some or all of their financial services from us rather than from banks and other financial institutions. To meet the needs of these customers, we provide a range of consumer financial products and services primarily consisting of check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, longer-term installment loans, money orders, money transfers and legal document processing services. At July 31, 2007, our global store network consisted of 1,281 locations (of which 904 are company-owned) operating as Money Mart®, Money Shop, Loan Mart®, Money Corner, Insta-Cheques® and We The People® in 30 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom. This network includes 1,171 locations (including 904 company-owned) in 16 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom offering financial services including check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, sale of money orders, money transfer services and various other related services. Also included in this network is our We The People USA business, which offers retail-based legal document processing services through a network of 110 franchised locations in 25 states.
 
We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in April 1990 as DFG Holdings, Inc. We operate our store network through our direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Dollar Financial Group, Inc., a New York corporation formed in 1979, and its direct and indirect wholly-owned foreign and domestic subsidiaries (collectively, “OPCO”).
 
Our network includes the following platforms for delivering our financial services and retail-based legal document processing services to consumers in our core markets:
 
United States
 
As of July 31, 2007, we operate or franchise a total of 460 stores, with 250 operating under the name “Money Mart®”, 77 operating under the name “Loan Mart®”, 23 operating under the name “The Money Corner” and 110 under the name “We The People®”, all of which all are operated by franchisees. The Money Mart stores typically offer our full range of financial products and services, including check cashing and short-term consumer loans. The Loan Mart stores offer short-term consumer loans and other ancillary services depending upon location. By offering short-term lending services, we hope to attract a customer who might not use check cashing services. The We The People stores offer retail-based legal document processing services.
 
Our U.S. business had revenues of $112.2 million for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2006 (“fiscal 2006”) and $113.7 million for the twelve month period ended June 30, 2007 (“fiscal 2007”).
 
Canada
 
At July 31, 2007, there are 415 financial services stores in our Canadian network, of which 360 are operated by us and 55 are operated by franchisees. All stores in Canada are operated under the name “Money Mart” except locations in the Province of Québec which operate under the name Instant Cheques. The stores in Canada typically offer check cashing, short-term consumer loans and other ancillary products and services.
 
Our Canadian business had revenues of US$140.7 million for fiscal 2006 and US$198.8 million for fiscal 2007.
 
United Kingdom
 
At July 31, 2007, there are 406 financial services stores in our United Kingdom network, of which 194 are operated by us and 212 are operated by franchisees. All stores in the United Kingdom (with the exception of certain franchises operating under the name “Cash A Cheque”) are operated under the name


1


Table of Contents

“Money Shop.” The stores in the United Kingdom typically offer check cashing, short-term consumer loans and other ancillary products and services.
 
Our United Kingdom business had revenues of US$75.7 million for fiscal 2006 and US$97.4 million for fiscal 2007.
 
At July 31, 2007, we have 377 franchised locations in Canada, the United Kingdom and in the United States. These franchised locations offer many of the same products and services offered by company-operated stores using the same associated trade names, trademarks and service marks within the standards and guidelines we have established. Total franchise revenues were $11.0 million for fiscal 2006 and $7.0 million for fiscal 2007. The decline in revenues in fiscal 2007 is due to the Company purchasing a number of the franchise stores during the year.
 
Our customers, many of whom receive income on an irregular basis or from multiple employers, are drawn to our convenient neighborhood locations, extended operating hours and high-quality customer service. Our products and services, principally our check cashing and short-term consumer loan program, provide immediate access to cash for living expenses or other needs. We principally cash payroll checks, although our stores also cash government benefit, personal and income-tax-refund checks. During fiscal 2007, we cashed 9.0 million checks with a total face amount of $4.3 billion and an average face amount of $482 per check. We originated 3.2 million single-payment consumer loans with an average principal amount of $413 and a weighted average term of approximately 13.9 days. In addition, we acted as a servicer and direct lender originating approximately 83,000 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $834 and a weighted average term of approximately 98.2 days. We strive to provide our customers with high-value ancillary services, including Western Union money order and money transfer products, electronic tax filing, reloadable VISA and Mastercard debit cards, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services.
 
Industry Overview
 
We operate in a sector of the financial services industry that serves the basic need of service sector individuals to have convenient access to cash. This need is primarily evidenced by consumer demand for check cashing, short-term and longer-term installment loans and other services. Consumers who use these services are often underserved by banks and other financial institutions.
 
Service sector individuals represent the largest part of the population in each country in which we operate and in the United States make up one of the fastest growing segments of the workforce. However, many of these individuals, particularly in the United States, do not maintain regular banking relationships. They use services provided by our industry for a variety of reasons, including that they often:
 
  •  do not have sufficient assets to meet minimum balance requirements or to achieve the benefits of savings with banks;
 
  •  do not write enough checks to make a bank account beneficial;
 
  •  need access to financial services outside of normal banking hours;
 
  •  desire not to pay fees for banking services that they do not use;
 
  •  require immediate access to cash from their paychecks;
 
  •  may have a dislike or distrust of banks; and
 
  •  do not have a neighborhood bank in close proximity to them.
 
In addition to check cashing services, under-banked consumers also require short-term and longer-term installment loans that provide cash for living and other expenses. They also may not be able to or want to obtain loans from banks as a result of:
 
  •  their immediate need for cash;
 
  •  irregular receipt of payments from their employers;


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  their desire for convenience and respectful customer service;
 
  •  the unavailability of bank loans in small denominations for short terms; and
 
  •  the high cost of overdraft advances through banks.
 
Despite the demand for basic financial services, access to banks has become more difficult over time for many consumers. Many banks have chosen to close their less profitable or lower-traffic locations and reduced the hours they operate. Typically, these branch closings have occurred in lower-income neighborhoods where the branches have failed to attract a sufficient base of customer deposits. This trend has resulted in fewer convenient alternatives for basic financial services in many neighborhoods. Many banks have also reduced or eliminated some services that under-banked consumers need.
 
As a result of these trends, a significant number of retailers have begun to offer financial services to service sector individuals. The providers of these services are fragmented, and range from specialty finance offices to retail stores in other industries that offer ancillary services.
 
We believe that the under-banked consumer market will continue to grow as a result of a diminishing supply of competing banking services as well as underlying demographic trends. These demographic trends include an overall increase in the population and an increase in the number of service sector jobs as a percentage of the total workforce.
 
The demographics of the typical customers for non-banking financial services vary somewhat in each of the markets in which we operate, but the trends driving the industry are generally the same. In addition, the type of store and services that appeal to customers in each market vary based on cultural, social, geographic, economic and other factors. Finally, the composition of providers of these services in each market results, in part, from the historical development and regulatory environment in that market.
 
Finally, we are a member and actively participate in all the major industry associations representing our industry interests in every country in which we do business. Our memberships include CFSA (Community Financial Services Association of America) and FSCA (Financial Service Centers of America) in the United States, CPLA (Canadian Payday Loan Association) in Canada and the BCCA (British Cheque Cashers Association) in the United Kingdom.
 
Growth Opportunities
 
We believe that significant opportunities for growth exist in our industry as a result of:
 
  •  growth of the service-sector workforce;
 
  •  failure of commercial banks and other traditional financial service providers to adequately address the needs of service sector and other working-class individuals; and
 
  •  trends favoring larger operators in the industry.
 
We believe that, as the service sector population segment increases, and as trends within the retail banking industry make banking less accessible or more costly to these consumers, the industry in which we operate will continue to see a significant increase in demand for our products and services. We also believe that the industry will continue to consolidate as a result of a number of factors, including:
 
  •  economies of scale available to larger operations;
 
  •  use of technology to serve customers better and to control large store networks;
 
  •  inability of smaller operators to form the alliances necessary to deliver new products; and
 
  •  increased licensing and regulatory burdens.
 
This consolidation process should provide us, as operator of one of the largest store networks, with opportunities for continued growth.


3


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that the following competitive strengths position us well for continued growth:
 
Leading Position in Core Markets.  We have a leading position in core markets. At July 31, 2007, we operate 350 company-owned stores in the United States, 360 company-owned stores in Canada and 194 company-owned stores in the United Kingdom. We currently have 55 and 212 foreign financial services franchised locations in Canada and in the United Kingdom, respectively. In addition, we currently have 110 franchised locations in the United States, all of which operate under the name We The People and offer retail-based legal document processing services. Highlights of our competitive position in these core markets include the following:
 
  •  A large portion of our domestic stores are located in rapidly growing markets of the western United States, where we believe we have held leading market positions for over 10 years. In addition, recent acquisitions have increased our presence in the fast growing southern state of Florida, where the acquisition of The Money Corner in November of 2006 provided us with 23 stores in southwest Florida.
 
  •  We are the industry leader in Canada, and we believe that we hold a very significant market share with a store in almost every Canadian city with a population of over 50,000. Based on a public opinion study of three major metropolitan markets in English speaking Canada, we have achieved brand awareness of 85% of persons surveyed.
 
  •  We believe that we are the largest check cashing company in the United Kingdom, comprising approximately 18% of the market measured by number of stores, although we believe that we account for approximately 40% of all check cashing transactions performed at check cashing stores.
 
Diversified Product and Geographic Mix.  Our stores offer a wide range of consumer financial products and services to meet the demands of their respective locales, including check cashing, short-term consumer loans, money orders, money transfers and legal document processing services. We also provide high-value ancillary products and services, including electronic tax filing, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, reloadable VISA® and Mastercard brand debit cards, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services. For fiscal 2007, the revenue contribution by our check cashing operations was 40.7%, our consumer lending operations was 44.3% and our other products and services were 15.0%. In addition to our product diversification, our business is diversified geographically. For fiscal 2007, our U.S. operations generated 27.7% of our total revenue, our Canadian operations generated 48.5% of our total revenue and our United Kingdom operations generated 23.8% of our total revenue. Our product and geographic mix provides a diverse stream of revenue growth opportunities.
 
High-Quality Customer Service.  A 2007 consumer research study told us that our customer satisfaction scores are well over 90%. We adhere to a strict set of market survey and location guidelines when selecting store sites in order to ensure that our stores are placed in desirable locations near our customers. We believe that our customers appreciate this convenience, as well as the flexible and extended operating hours that we typically offer, which are often more compatible with our customers’ work schedules. We provide our customers with a clean, attractive and secure environment in which to transact their business. We believe that our friendly and courteous customer service at both the store level and through our centralized support centers is a competitive advantage.
 
Diversification and Management of Credit Risk.  Our revenue is generated through a high volume of small-dollar financial transactions, and therefore our exposure to loss from a single customer transaction is minimal. In addition, we actively manage our customer risk profile and collection efforts in order to maximize our consumer lending and check cashing revenues while maintaining losses within a targeted range. We have instituted control mechanisms that have been effective in managing risk. Such mechanisms, among others, include the daily monitoring of initial return rates on our consumer loan portfolio. As a result, we believe that we are unlikely to sustain a material credit loss from a single transaction or series of transactions. We have experienced relatively low net write-offs as a percentage of the face amount of checks cashed. For fiscal 2007, in our check cashing business, net write-offs as a


4


Table of Contents

percentage of the face amount of checks cashed were 0.3%. For the same period, with respect to loans funded directly by us, net write-offs as a percentage of originations were 0.3%.
 
Management Expertise.  We have a highly experienced and motivated management team at both the corporate and operational levels. Our senior management team has extensive experience in the financial services industry and multi-unit retail operations. In addition, our corporate executive and senior management team has over 110 combined years of service with us and has demonstrated the ability to grow our business through their operational leadership, strategic vision, ability to raise capital and experience in making selected acquisitions. Since 1990, this team has completed more than 50 acquisitions that added over 600 company-owned financial services stores to our network.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our business strategy is designed to capitalize on our competitive strengths and enhance our leading market positions. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
Growing Through Disciplined Network Expansion.  We intend to continue to grow our network through the addition of new stores and acquisitions, while adhering to a disciplined selection process. In order to optimize our expansion, we carefully assess potential markets by analyzing demographic, competitive and regulatory factors, site selection and availability, and growth potential. We seek to add locations that offer check cashing, consumer lending, and other services or a combination of any of these products and services. In fiscal 2007, we opened 52 new financial service stores and acquired 115 financial service stores, 85 of which were acquired from franchisees. In addition to new store openings, we are actively seeking to acquire targeted competitor operations in selected expansion markets in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom.
 
Introducing Related Products and Services.  We believe that our check cashing and consumer lending customers enjoy the convenience of other high value products and services offered by us. These products and services enable our customers to manage their personal finances more effectively. For example, in fiscal 2004, we introduced reloadable VISA® brand debit cards, and, in fiscal 2005, we introduced VISA® brand gift cards. In fiscal 2006, we introduced the CustomCash® installment loan program in the United States. On August 31, 2007, we launched an internet short-term loan site (www.loanmartusa.com) for residents of California and plan to expand to other geographic areas over time. Our product development department continues to develop and test additional new products and services for our customers.
 
Capitalizing on our Enhanced Network and System Capabilities.  With our network of 1,281 stores, as of July 31, 2007, we are well positioned to capitalize on economies of scale. Our centralized core support functions, including collections, call center, field operations and service, loan processing and tax filing enable us to generate efficiencies by improving collections and purchasing power with our vendors. Our proprietary systems are used to further improve our customer relations and loan servicing activities, as well as to provide a highly efficient means to manage our internal as well as regulatory compliance efforts. We plan to continue to take advantage of these efficiencies to enhance network and store-level profitability.
 
Maintaining our Customer-Driven Retail Philosophy.  We strive to maintain our customer-service-oriented approach and meet the basic financial service needs of our service sector customers. This dedication to service helps to explain our high 90+% customer satisfaction scores. We believe our approach differentiates us from many of our competitors and is a key tenet of our employee training programs. We offer extended operating hours in clean, attractive and secure store locations to enhance appeal and stimulate store traffic. In certain markets, we operate stores that are open 24 hours a day. To ensure customer satisfaction, we periodically send anonymous market researchers posing as shoppers to our U.S. stores to measure customer service performance. We plan to continue to develop ways to improve our performance, including incentive programs to reward employees for exceptional customer service.
 
Community Involvement and Ethics.  We strengthen relationships with our business partners through ethical behavior and with our customers through community involvement. In March of 2007 we


5


Table of Contents

were honored to be named the fourth most trustworthy public company in the United States by Audit Integrity, who ranked firms on exhibiting the “highest degree of accounting transparency and fair dealing to stake holders during 2006.” We have also encouraged the management of each of our stores to involve themselves with their respective local communities. From these efforts we have provided over $1.3 million in charitable donations through the generosity of our customers and employees in local charity drives.
 
Customers
 
Our core customer group are generally working and middle class consumers who are often under-banked and under served by traditional financial institutions. These customers rely on their current income to cover immediate living expenses and cannot afford to wait for checks to clear through the commercial banking system. We believe that many of our customers use our check cashing and short-term lending services in order to access cash immediately without having to maintain a minimum balance in a checking account and to borrow money to fund immediate needs. We believe that consumers value our affordability and attention to customer service, and their choice of a financial services provider is influenced by our convenient locations and extended operating hours.
 
In the summer of 2007 we commissioned Viewpoint Research to conduct a thorough attitude and usage study of our consumers in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Below are some of the quantitative results which will be used to better develop our products and market to our consumers.
 
U.S. Customers.  The average age of our domestic check cashing customer is 38. Our typical check-cashing customer is more likely to be male and never married. He graduated from high school and is employed in a skilled trade earning $24,000 a year. He owns his car but not his home. He has a cell phone but not a bank account or credit card. He is very satisfied with his experience at Money Mart and lists convenient locations, friendliness of tellers, hours of operation and attitude toward customers as his favorite attributes.
 
The average domestic short-term consumer loan customer is 43. Our typical loan customer is more likely to be female and is or has been married. She graduated from high school and has taken some college/technical course work. She works as a professional and earns over $30,000 a year. She owns her car but not her house. She has a cell phone, bank account, credit card and bank debit card. We believe she is very satisfied with her experience at Money Mart and Loan Mart and lists convenient locations, friendliness of tellers, hours of operation and attitude toward customers as her favorite attributes.
 
Canadian Customers.  The average age of our Canadian check cashing customer is 34. Our typical check casher is more likely to be male and never married. He graduated from high school and is employed full time with an income of US$23,000 a year. He does not own a car or a home. He has a cell phone, internet access, bank account but not a credit card. We believe he is very satisfied with his experience at Money Mart and lists convenient hours, simple process, teller attitudes, fast service and convenient locations as his favorite attributes.
 
The average Canadian short-term consumer loan customer is 41. Our typical loan customer is more likely to be female and is or has been married. She graduated from high school and has taken some college/technical course work. She is employed full time and earns over US$34,000 a year. She owns her car but not her house. She has a cell phone, internet access, bank account, credit card and bank debit card. She is very satisfied with her experience at Money Mart and lists teller attitude, friendliness, convenient hours, and simple process as her favorite attributes.
 
United Kingdom Customers.  The average age of our United Kingdom check cashing customer is 35. Our typical check casher is more likely to be male and never married. He graduated from high school and is employed full time with an income of US$37,000 a year. He owns his car but not his home. He has a cell phone, bank account, debit card but not a credit card or regular access to the internet. We believe he is very satisfied with his experience at Money Shop and lists friendliness of staff, attitude of staff to customers, speed of service, ease of service and hours of operation as his favorite attributes.
 
The average age of our United Kingdom short-term consumer loan customer is 37 years old. Our typical loan customer is more likely to be male and is or has been married. He graduated from high school and has


6


Table of Contents

taken some college/technical course work. He is employed full time and has an income of US$39,000 a year. He owns his car but not his home. He has a cell phone, bank account, debit card and access to the internet but not a credit card. We believe he is very satisfied with his experience at Money Shop and lists attitude of staff to customers, friendliness of staff, speed of service, ease of service and convenient locations as his favorite attributes.
 
Products and Services
 
Customers typically use our stores to cash checks (payroll, government and personal), obtain short-term or longer-term consumer loans and use one or more of the additional financial services available at most locations including Western Union money order and money transfer products, legal document processing services, electronic tax filing, bill payment, reloadable VISA® and Mastercard® brand debit cards, foreign currency exchange, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services.
 
Check Cashing.  Customers may cash all types of checks at our check cashing locations, including payroll checks, government checks and personal checks. In exchange for a verified check, customers receive cash immediately and do not have to wait several days for the check to clear. Before we distribute any cash, we verify both the customer’s identification and the validity of the check (occasionally using multiple sources) as required by our standard verification procedures. Customers are charged a fee for this service (typically a small percentage of the face value of the check). The fee varies depending on the size and type of check cashed as well as the customer’s check cashing history at our stores. For fiscal 2006, check cashing fees averaged approximately 3.78% of the face value of checks cashed. For fiscal 2007, check cashing fees averaged approximately 3.84% of the face value of checks cashed.
 
The following chart presents summaries of revenue from our check cashing operations, broken down by consolidated operations, U.S., Canadian and United Kingdom operations for the periods indicated below:
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Consolidated operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 2,938,950,000     $ 3,169,350,000     $ 3,424,835,000     $ 3,772,426,000     $ 4,341,026,000  
Number of checks cashed
    8,568,944       8,427,990       8,141,697       8,373,342       9,003,970  
Average face amount per check
  $ 342.98     $ 376.05     $ 420.65     $ 450.53     $ 482.12  
Average fee per check
  $ 12.65     $ 13.93     $ 15.81     $ 17.01     $ 18.52  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.69 %     3.70 %     3.76 %     3.78 %     3.84 %
U.S. operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 1,384,958,000     $ 1,349,956,000     $ 1,309,231,000     $ 1,394,516,000     $ 1,404,965,000  
Number of checks cashed
    3,855,664       3,621,174       3,379,123       3,410,668       3,337,551  
Average face amount per check
  $ 359.20     $ 372.80     $ 387.45     $ 408.87     $ 420.96  
Average fee per check
  $ 12.75     $ 13.18     $ 13.79     $ 14.13     $ 14.51  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.55 %     3.53 %     3.56 %     3.46 %     3.45 %


7


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Canadian operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 989,663,000     $ 1,144,380,000     $ 1,300,089,000     $ 1,514,753,000     $ 1,938,692,000  
Number of checks cashed
    3,475,201       3,476,375       3,529,879       3,607,553       4,318,185  
Average face amount per check
  $ 284.78     $ 329.19     $ 368.31     $ 419.88     $ 448.96  
Average fee per check
  $ 9.58     $ 11.07     $ 12.38     $ 14.44     $ 15.43  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.36 %     3.36 %     3.36 %     3.44 %     3.44 %
U.K. operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 564,329,000     $ 675,014,000     $ 815,515,000     $ 863,157,000     $ 997,369,000  
Number of checks cashed
    1,238,079       1,330,441       1,232,695       1,355,121       1,348,234  
Average face amount per check
  $ 455.81     $ 507.36     $ 661.57     $ 636.96     $ 739.76  
Average fee per check
  $ 20.99     $ 23.45     $ 31.20     $ 31.13     $ 38.33  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    4.60 %     4.62 %     4.72 %     4.89 %     5.18 %
 
From fiscal 2003 through fiscal 2007, the number of stores in our network has increased, while the number of checks cashed in the U.S. has generally decreased. The primary reason for this decrease are an increased focus on our consumer loan products. In addition, studies by the Federal Reserve Board and others show that payments made by electronic means may be displacing a portion of the paper checks traditionally cashed by our customers. We also have a decreased focus on cashing government checks. We have increased our focus on cashing higher fee payroll and commercial checks, which tend to have higher face values and therefore result in higher check cashing fees than government checks.
 
If a check cashed by us is not paid for any reason, we record the full face value of the check as a loss in the period when the check was returned unpaid. We then send the check to our internal collection department, or occasionally directly to the store, for collection. Our employees contact the maker and/or payee of each returned check to seek payment. In certain circumstances, we will take appropriate legal action. Recoveries on returned items are credited in the period when the recovery is received. During fiscal 2006 and 2007, we collected 74.4% and 73.6% of the face value of returned checks, respectively.

8


Table of Contents

The following chart presents summaries of our returned check experience, broken down by consolidated operations, U.S., Canadian and United Kingdom operations for the periods indicated below:
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Consolidated operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 26,164,000     $ 29,061,000     $ 32,644,000     $ 39,052,000     $ 47,520,000  
Collections on returned checks
    19,426,000       21,399,000       23,655,000       29,070,000       34,987,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    6,738,000       7,662,000       8,989,000       9,982,000       12,532,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    74.2 %     73.6 %     72.5 %     74.4 %     73.6 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    6.2 %     6.5 %     7.0 %     7.0 %     7.5 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.23 %     0.24 %     0.26 %     0.26 %     0.29 %
United States operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 12,046,000     $ 13,761,000     $ 14,749,000     $ 16,846,000     $ 18,307,000  
Collections on returned checks
    8,335,000       10,284,000       10,881,000       12,586,000       13,961,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    3,711,000       3,477,000       3,868,000       4,260,000       4,346,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    69.2 %     74.7 %     73.8 %     74.7 %     76.3 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    7.6 %     7.3 %     8.3 %     8.8 %     9.0 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.27 %     0.26 %     0.30 %     0.31 %     0.31 %
Canadian operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 8,116,000     $ 8,797,000     $ 9,906,000     $ 11,498,000     $ 16,051,000  
Collections on returned checks
    7,246,000       7,320,000       8,319,000       9,831,000       13,254,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    870,000       1,477,000       1,587,000       1,667,000       2,797,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    89.3 %     83.2 %     83.9 %     85.5 %     82.6 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    2.6 %     3.8 %     3.6 %     3.2 %     4.2 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.09 %     0.13 %     0.12 %     0.11 %     0.14 %
United Kingdom operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 6,002,000     $ 6,503,000     $ 7,989,000     $ 10,708,000     $ 13,162,000  
Collections on returned checks
    3,845,000       3,795,000       4,455,000       6,653,000       7,773,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    2,157,000       2,708,000       3,534,000       4,055,000       5,389,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    64.1 %     58.4 %     55.8 %     62.1 %     59.1 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    8.3 %     8.7 %     9.2 %     9.6 %     10.4 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.38 %     0.40 %     0.43 %     0.47 %     0.54 %
 
Consumer Lending
 
Prior to June 2007 we originated consumer loans on behalf of a domestic bank. For these consumer loans, at the time the funds were advanced to the borrower, the borrower signed a note and provided the lender with a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate an automated clearinghouse charge to the borrower’s checking account for the loan principal plus a finance charge; on the due date of the loan (which was


9


Table of Contents

generally set at a date on or near the borrower’s next payday), the check or automated clearinghouse debit was presented for payment.
 
We formerly acted as a servicer for County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware and as a servicer for First Bank of Delaware (“First Bank”). On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limited the period during which a borrower could have a short-term single-payment loan outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, we announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, we would transition away from bank-funded single payment consumer loans to company-funded single payment loans.
 
As of June 30, 2006, all of our retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, had transitioned to the company-funded consumer loan model. Historically we marketed and serviced bank-funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, we were advised by First Bank, which has been the lender in these consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans has not had a material impact on our operations. We have also implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at our six Texas stores under the terms of which, beginning in June 2006, we guaranty, originate and service loans for a non-bank lender that complies with Texas law.
 
First Bank has historically been the lender in our CustomCash® domestic installment loan program. Acting in response to certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program, First Bank advised us that, effective April 2007, it would no longer distribute consumer loans through third-party retail locations and instead would distribute such loans only through its own branch offices and the Internet. To date, we have not been authorized by First Bank to distribute the CustomCash® product over the Internet. Accordingly, we continue to transition our CustomCash® installment loan product customers to our company-funded short-term single payment loan. In July 2007, we began offering a company-funded installment loan product in our New Mexico stores and will review the performance of the product for potential introduction in other states. On August 31, 2007, we launched an internet short-term loan site (www.loanmartusa.com) for residents of California and plan to expand to other geographic areas over time.
 
We also originate unsecured short-term single-payment loans to borrowers for our own account in Canada, the United Kingdom and in most United States markets. We bear the entire risk of loss related to these loans. In the United States, these loans are made for amounts up to $1,000, with terms of 7 to 37 days. In Canada, loans are issued to qualified borrowers based on a percentage of the borrowers’ income with terms of 1 to 35 days. We issue loans in the United Kingdom for up to GBP600, with a term of 30 days. We originated or extended approximately $964.9 million of the single-payment consumer loans during fiscal 2006 and approximately $1,331.4 million during fiscal 2007. In addition, we act as a direct lender of longer-term installment loans in the United Kingdom and in certain United States and Canadian markets. In the United States for fiscal 2007, we originated 70,620 installment loans with an average principal amount of $736 and a weighted average term of approximately 55 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in the United States of approximately $52.0 million in fiscal 2007. In Canada, for fiscal 2007, we originated 3,490 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,351 and a weighted average term of approximately 257 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in Canada of approximately $4.7 million in fiscal 2007. In Canada, for fiscal 2006, we originated 4,200 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,260 and a weighted average term of approximately 182 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in Canada of approximately $5.3 million in fiscal 2006.
 
In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2007, we originated 8,824 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,416 and a weighted average term of approximately 379 days. In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2006, we originated 8,725 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,294 and a weighted average term of approximately 365 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in the United Kingdom of approximately $12.5 million in fiscal 2007 and $11.3 million in fiscal


10


Table of Contents

2006. Outstanding installment loan receivable at June 30, 2007 is $0.9 million, $10.1 million and $2.1 million in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada, respectively.
 
We had approximately $81.9 million of net consumer loans on our balance sheet at June 30, 2007 and approximately $53.6 million on June 30, 2006. These amounts are reflected in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net at June 30, 2007 and 2006 are reported net of a reserve of $8.6 million and $5.4 million, respectively, related to consumer lending. Loans in default at June 30, 2007 was $10.3 million, net of a $18.0 million allowance, and was $4.3 million, net of a $11.7 million allowance at June 30, 2006.
 
The following table presents a summary of our consumer lending originations, which includes loan extensions and revenues for the following periods (dollars in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
U.S. company-funded consumer loan originations(1)
  $ 73,762     $ 236,025     $ 282,364  
Canadian company-funded consumer loan originations(2)
    447,940       554,949       827,535  
U.K. company-funded consumer loan originations(2)
    185,042       204,220       269,779  
                         
Total company-funded consumer loan originations
  $ 706,744     $ 995,194     $ 1,379,678  
                         
U.S. servicing revenues, gross
  $ 66,984     $ 22,673     $ 29,245  
U.S. company-funded consumer loan revenues
    11,511       37,814       44,366  
Canadian company-funded consumer loan revenues
    48,680       69,999       110,010  
U.K. company-funded consumer loan revenues
    25,829       32,102       43,824  
Provision for loan losses on company-funded loans
    (29,425 )     (30,367 )     (45,799 )
                         
Total consumer lending revenues, net
  $ 123,579     $ 132,221     $ 181,646  
                         
Gross charge-offs of company-funded consumer loans
  $ 64,685     $ 106,164     $ 160,077  
Recoveries of company-funded consumer loans
    (50,352 )     (84,724 )     (123,861 )
                         
Net charge-offs on company-funded consumer loans
  $ 14,333     $ 21,440     $ 36,216  
                         
Gross charge-offs of company-funded consumer as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    9.2 %     10.7 %     11.6 %
Recoveries of company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    7.1 %     8.5 %     9.0 %
Net charge-offs on company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    2.0 %     2.2 %     2.6 %
 
 
(1) Our company-operated stores in the United States originated company-funded and bank-funded single-payment consumer loans during the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 and now offer only company-funded single-payment consumer loans in all markets, with the exception of Texas and Pennsylvania. We no longer offer consumer lending products in Pennsylvania and, in Texas, the Company now offers single-payment consumer loans under a credit services organization model.
 
(2) All consumer loans originated in Canada and the United Kingdom are company-funded.
 
The increase in total company-funded originations of $384.5 million in fiscal 2007 over fiscal 2006 is primarily due to the transition from the bank-funded loan model to the company-funded loan model in the United States, as well as increases in originations in Canada due to criteria changes and newly opened stores in Canada and the United Kingdom.


11


Table of Contents

Other Services and Products
 
In addition to check cashing and short-term consumer loans, our customers may choose from a variety of products and services when conducting business at our locations. These services, which vary from store to store, include Western Union money order and money transfer products, legal document processing services, electronic tax filing, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, pawnbroking VISA® and Mastercard® brand reloadable debit cards and gift cards, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services. We believe that our check cashing and consumer lending customers enjoy the convenience of other high-value products and services offered by us.
 
Among our most significant other financial services products and services are the following:
 
  •  Money Transfers — Through a strategic alliance with Western Union, customers can transfer funds to any location providing Western Union money transfer services. Western Union currently has approximately 300,000 agents in more than 200 countries throughout the world. We receive a percentage of the commission charged by Western Union for the transfer. For fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007, we generated total money transfer revenues of $17.2 million and $20.9 million, respectively, primarily at our check cashing stores.
 
  •  Money Orders — Our stores issue money orders for a minimal fee. Customers who do not have checking accounts typically use money orders to pay rent and utility bills. During fiscal 2007, money order transactions had an average face amount of $203.71 and an average fee of $1.30. For fiscal 2007, our customers purchased 2.2 million money orders, generating total money order revenues of $2.8 million. During fiscal 2006, money order transactions had an average face amount of $194.65 and an average fee of $1.19. During fiscal 2006, our customers purchased 2.1 million money orders, generating total money order revenues of $2.5 million.


12


Table of Contents

 
Store Operations
 
Locations
 
The following chart sets forth the number of company-operated and franchised stores in operation as of the specified dates:
 
                                         
    June 30,  
Markets
  2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
 
UNITED STATES
                                       
California
    138       137       137       133       131  
Arizona
    59       59       67       65       63  
Louisiana
    4       4       29       27       25  
Florida
    0       0       0       0       23  
Ohio
    22       22       22       22       21  
Washington
    18       18       18       18       17  
Pennsylvania
    17       17       17       16       16  
Virginia
    16       16       16       16       16  
Oklahoma
    10       10       10       10       8  
Nevada
    8       8       8       7       5  
Colorado
    7       7       7       7       7  
Texas
    4       4       4       6       6  
Utah
    4       4       4       3       3  
New Mexico
    3       3       3       4       4  
Hawaii
    3       3       3       3       3  
Maryland/D.C. 
    2       1       1       1       1  
Wisconsin
    1       1       1       0       0  
Oregon
    5       5       0       0       0  
Alaska
    0       0       0       0       1  
Franchised locations
    0       0       6       7       0  
                                         
      321       319       353       345       350  
                                         
WE THE PEOPLE
                                       
Company operated
    0       0       3       13       0  
Franchised locations
    0       0       172       132       110  
                                         
      0       0       175       145       110  
                                         
CANADA
                                       
Company operated
    181       194       214       242       360  
Franchised locations
    109       117       129       128       54  
                                         
      290       311       343       370       414  
                                         
UNITED KINGDOM
                                       
Company operated
    122       125       152       172       192  
Franchised locations
    351       355       312       218       214  
                                         
      473       480       464       390       406  
                                         
Total Stores
    1,084       1,110       1,335       1,250       1,280  
                                         
 
All of our company-operated stores are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial multi-year term and renewal terms from one to five years. We generally assume the responsibility for required leasehold improvements, including signage, customer service representative partitions, alarm systems, computers, time-delayed safes and other office equipment. We adhere to a strict set of market survey and location guidelines


13


Table of Contents

when selecting store sites in order to ensure that our stores are placed in desirable locations near our customers.
 
Acquisitions
 
We have been an active acquirer of competitor stores in each country in which we conduct operations for a number of years.
 
On March 9, 2006, National Money Mart Company, our Canadian subsidiary, entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of eleven franchised stores in western Canada in a series of transactions. The acquired stores were controlled by a franchisee of National Money Mart Company and it also had a minority ownership interest in seven of these stores. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million in cash.
 
On April 3, 2006, our United Kingdom subsidiary entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire six stores from a franchisee of our wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $2.0 million in cash.
 
On October 31, 2006, our Canadian subsidiary completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of 82 retail stores owned and operated by five existing franchisees, which we refer to as the Canadian Acquisition. The acquisition was effected pursuant to five purchase agreements each dated October 31, 2006 by and among National Money Mart Company and the five existing National Money Mart Company franchisees. The total purchase price for the Canadian Acquisition was approximately $124.2 million in cash.
 
On November 12, 2006, we completed the acquisition of 23 financial services stores, predominately located in Southwest Florida. The total purchase price for the acquisition was $29.0 million cash.
 
Also during fiscal 2007, we completed several small other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.2 million.
 
We are actively seeking targeted acquisitions and anticipate adding acquired stores in all three of our geographical markets in the future.
 
Facilities and Hours of Operation
 
As part of our retail and customer-driven strategy, we present a clean and attractive environment and an appealing format for our stores. Size varies by location, but the stores are generally 1,000 to 1,400 square feet, with approximately half of that space allocated to the customer service representative and back office areas.
 
Operating hours vary by location, but are typically extended and designed to cater to those customers who, due to work schedules, cannot make use of “normal” banking hours. A typical store operates from 9:00 A.M. to 9:00 P.M. during weekdays and on Saturdays, and from 10:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. on Sundays. In certain locations, we operate stores 24 hours, seven days per week.
 
Operational Structure
 
Our senior management is located at our corporate headquarters in Berwyn, Pennsylvania and is responsible for our overall strategic direction. This corporate staff includes personnel dedicated to compliance functions, including internal audit, risk management, and privacy, as well as global executive management, business development and acquisitions, corporate finance, investor relations, compensation and benefits, global credit and legal functions. We also maintain corporate offices in Victoria, British Columbia and Nottingham, England. Management of our North American store operations is located in our Victoria office while the Nottingham office provides support for our United Kingdom store operations. This support includes executive store management and finance, and other centralized functions such as information systems, treasury, accounting, human resources, loss prevention and marketing.
 
Additionally, in each country in which we operate, we have a store-management organization that is responsible for the day-to-day operations of our stores. District managers are directly responsible for the


14


Table of Contents

oversight of our store managers and store operations. Typically, each district manager oversees eight to ten stores. Each district manager reports to a market manager who supervises approximately five district managers. The market managers report to the head of operations in each of our corporate offices.
 
We have a centralized facility to support our domestic consumer lending business. This call-center facility, located in Salt Lake City, Utah, currently employs approximately 111 full-time staff. Operating from 8:00 A.M. to midnight, Eastern time (including weekends), our staff performs inbound and outbound customer service for current and prospective consumer loan customers as well as collection for our check cashing and loan-servicing functions for all past-due domestic consumer loans. Our management at this facility includes experienced call-center operations, customer service, information technology and collections personnel. We believe that this centralized facility has helped us to improve our loan servicing significantly and has led to reduced check cashing and credit losses on loans originated by us in the United States and significantly enhances our ability to manage the compliance responsibilities related to our domestic consumer lending operations. We believe that our ongoing investment in, and company-wide focus on, our compliance practices provides us with a competitive advantage relative to most other companies in our industry. We operate similar facilities in Canada and the United Kingdom as well.
 
Technology
 
We currently have an enterprise-wide transaction processing computer network. We believe that this system has improved customer service by reducing transaction time and has allowed us to manage returned-check losses and loan-collection efforts better and to comply with regulatory recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
 
We continue to enhance our point-of-sale transaction processing system, which is composed of a networked hardware and software package with integrated database and reporting capabilities. The point-of-sale system provides our stores with instantaneous customer information, thereby reducing transaction time and improving the efficiency of our check cashing and our credit-verification process. Also, we have deployed an enhanced centralized loan-management and collections system that provides improved customer service processing and management of loan transactions. The loan-management system and collections system uses integrated automated clearinghouse payment and returns processing, which facilitates faster notification of returns and faster clearing of funds as well as utilizing fax server document-processing technology, which has the effect of reducing both processing and loan-closing times. The point-of-sale system, together with the enhanced loan-management and collections systems, has improved our ability to offer new products and services and our customer service.
 
Security
 
The principal security risks to our operations are robbery and employee theft. We have extensive security systems, dedicated security personnel and management information systems to address both areas of potential loss. We believe that our systems are among the most effective in the industry. Net security losses represented less than 0.5% of total revenues for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006.
 
To protect against robbery, most store employees work behind bullet-resistant glass and steel partitions, and the back office, safe and computer areas are locked and closed to customers. Each store’s security measures include safes, electronic alarm systems monitored by third parties, control over entry to teller areas, detection of entry through perimeter openings, walls, and ceilings and the tracking of all employee movement in and out of secured areas. Employees use cellular phones to ensure safety and security whenever they are outside the secure teller area. Additional security measures include identical alarm systems in all stores, remote control over alarm systems, arming/ disarming and changing user codes and mechanically and electronically controlled time-delay safes.
 
Since we handle high volumes of cash and negotiable instruments at our locations, daily monitoring, unannounced audits and immediate responses to irregularities are critical in combating defalcations. We have an internal auditing program that includes periodic unannounced store audits and cash counts at randomly selected locations.


15


Table of Contents

Advertising and Marketing
 
We actively measure and conduct testing of our advertising programs to insure we achieve a positive return on investment. The 2007 attitude and usage survey mentioned in the Consumer section is one example of our approach to better understand our consumers and then utilizing those results to develop effective marketing initiatives. Our in-store transaction database allows us to develop sophisticated direct marketing strategies to communicate to existing customers and prospective customers who have similar demographic characteristics.
 
Some of our core marketing elements include: 1) In-Store POP and Promotions — which allow us to target our current customers with new products and consumer contests/incentives that keeps the shopping experience fresh and interesting, 2) Mass Media — which allows us to build our brand awareness with non-users and lapsed users with national TV in Canada, local market TV/radio in the United States and United Kingdom, and Yellow Pages in every geography, 3) New Media — which allows us to test new vehicles as our consumers expand their usage of technology with text messaging, e-mail campaigns, search engine marketing and web site marketing, 4) Local Marketing/Community Involvement — which allows us to become a trusted part of the community with locally designed and executed programs like charity fundraisers and sponsorship of community events.
 
Competition
 
Our store network represents the second-largest network of its kind in the United States and the largest network of its kind in each of Canada and the United Kingdom.
 
United States — The industry in which we operate in the United States is highly fragmented. According to FSCA (Financial Service Centers of America) there are over 11,000 neighborhood check cashing stores and according to Stephens Inc. there are over 24,000 short term lending stores. We believe we operate one of only seven U.S. check cashing store networks that have more than 100 locations, the remaining competitors being local chains and single-unit operators. There are several public companies in the United States with a large network of stores offering single-payment consumer loans, as well as several large pawn shop chains offering such loans in their store networks in the United States. Like check cashing, there are also many local chains and single-unit operators offering single-payment consumer loans as their principal business product.
 
Canada — In Canada, we are the industry leader and we hold a very significant market share with exceptional brand awareness. In a recent public opinion study of three major metropolitan markets in English-speaking Canada, we found that we have achieved brand awareness of 85%. We estimate that the number of outlets offering check cashing and/or single-payment consumer loans to be 1,500. We believe there is only one other network of stores with over 300 locations and that there is only one other chain with over 50 locations. While we believe that we enjoy almost 25% market share by outlet in Canada, our research estimates our market share by volume of business to be significantly higher.
 
United Kingdom — Based on information from the British Cheque Cashers Association, we believe that we have a United Kingdom market share of stores of approximately 18%. In addition, we believe that our 406 company-operated and franchised stores account for up to 40% of the total check cashing transactions performed at check cashing stores in the United Kingdom. In the consumer lending market, recent research indicates that the market for small, short-term single-payment loans is served by approximately 1,500 store locations, which include check cashers, pawn brokers and home-collected credit companies.
 
Globally — In addition to other check cashing stores and consumer lending stores in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, we compete with banks and other financial services entities, as well as with retail businesses, such as grocery and liquor stores, which often cash checks for their customers. Some competitors, primarily grocery stores, do not charge a fee to cash a check. However, these merchants generally provide this service to certain customers with solid credit ratings or for checks issued by highly recognized companies, or those written on the customer’s account and made payable to the store.


16


Table of Contents

We also compete with companies that offer automated check cashing machines, and with franchised kiosk units that provide check-cashing and money order services to customers, which can be located in places such as convenience stores, bank lobbies, grocery stores, discount retailers and shopping malls.
 
We also compete with lenders and other service providers that provide short term loans and legal document processing services over the Internet. On August 31, 2007, we launched an internet short term loan site (www.loanmartusa.com) for residents of California and plan to expand to other geographies over time.
 
We believe that convenience, hours of operations and other aspects of customer service are the principal factors influencing customers’ selection of a financial services company in our industry, and that the pricing of products and services is a secondary consideration.
 
Regulation
 
We are subject to regulation by foreign, federal and state governments that affects the products and services we provide. In general, this regulation is designed to protect consumers who deal with us and not to protect the holders of our securities, including our common stock.
 
Regulation of Check Cashing
 
To date, regulation of check cashing fees has occurred on the state level. We are currently subject to fee regulation in six states: Arizona, California, Hawaii, Louisiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania and the District of Columbia, where regulations set maximum fees for cashing various types of checks. Our fees comply with applicable state regulations.
 
Some states, including California, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Utah, Washington and the District of Columbia, have enacted licensing requirements for check cashing stores. Other states, including Ohio, require the conspicuous posting of the fees charged by each store. A number of states, including Ohio, also have imposed recordkeeping requirements, while others require check cashing stores to file fee schedules with the state.
 
In Canada, the federal government does not directly regulate our industry, nor do provincial governments generally impose any regulations specific to the industry. The exceptions are the Provinces of Québec and Saskatchewan, where check cashing stores are not permitted to charge a fee to cash government checks.
 
In the United Kingdom, as a result of the Cheques Act of 1992, banks must refund the fraudulent or dishonest checks that they clear. For this reason, banks have invoked more stringent credit inspection and indemnity criteria for businesses such as ours. Additionally, in 2001 the Money Laundering Act of 1993 was enhanced, requiring check cashing, money transfer and bureau de change providers to be licensed. We believe we currently comply with these more stringent rules and regulations.
 
Regulation of Consumer Lending
 
In the United States, historically the majority of our stores were in states where we engaged in consumer lending as a servicer for federally insured financial institutions. We provided these banks with marketing, servicing and collection services for their unsecured short-term single-payment loan products that were offered under our service mark Cash ’Til Payday®. We also offered company-funded short-term single-payment loan products in a limited number of states where we had stores, also under our Cash ’Til Payday® mark. On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limited the period during which a borrower could have short-term single-payment loans outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, we announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, we would transition away from bank-funded single payment consumer loans to company-funded loans. These loans continue to be marketed under our Cash ’Til Payday® mark.
 
As of June 2006, all of our retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, have transitioned to the company-funded single payment consumer loan model. Historically we marketed and serviced bank-funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, we were advised by First Bank, which had been the lender in these


17


Table of Contents

consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans eliminated this form of lending but this cessation did not have a material impact on our operations. In June 2006, we implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at our six Texas stores under the terms of which we guaranty, originate and service loans for a non-bank lender that comply with Texas law.
 
First Bank, the lender in our CustomCash® domestic installment loan program in states other than New Mexico, is working to address concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program. During fiscal 2007, First Bank advised us that the FDIC would require the origination of such installment loans to be discontinued at our retail financial service locations, although such loans would be permitted to be originated in the future using electronic means such as facsimile and the Internet. We worked with First Bank to implement a system designed to meet the FDIC’s concerns; however, on April 16, 2007, we were required by First Bank (apparently for regulatory reasons) to suspend origination of new First Bank installment loans without having first obtained approval of a replacement distribution system. We continue to await advice from First Bank that its all-electronic distribution channel has been approved by the FDIC. While we have been responsive to First Bank’s requests and inquiries, we are not certain whether First Bank will ultimately resume this line of business with us. The suspension of this product line resulted in a reduction of approximately $1.5 million of revenues in the fourth quarter ended June 30, 2007. These estimated net reductions reflect the successful transition of many former installment loan borrowers to use of our short-term single-payment loan products as an alternative source of credit.
 
We announced on June 16, 2005 that we were discontinuing marketing and servicing consumer loans fulfilled through document transmitter locations. We will continue to offer loans directly to borrowers through other channels of distribution.
 
In Canada, our consumer lending activities have historically been subject to provincial licensing in Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Newfoundland. A federal usury ceiling applies to loans we make to Canadian consumers. Canadian borrowers contract to repay us in cash; if they elect to repay by check, we also collect, in addition to a permissible finance charge, our customary check-cashing fees. Effective May 3, 2007, the Canadian Parliament amended the federal usury law to transfer jurisdiction and the development of laws and regulation of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces. To date, Manitoba, Nova Scotia, British Columbia and Saskatchewan have proposed or adopted substantive regulation of short-term consumer lenders pursuant to the new provincial authority; Alberta’s regulatory framework is currently under review and is expected to be implemented in 2008. In general, such regulations to date are similar to those in effect in the United States and require lenders to be licensed, set maximum limits on the charges to the consumer for a loan, prohibit lenders, in some states, from having more than one short-term loan with the same borrower at the same time in some states and regulate collection practices.
 
In the United Kingdom, consumer lending is governed by the Consumer Credit Act of 1974 and related rules and regulations. As required by the Act, we have obtained licenses from the Office of Fair Trading, which is responsible for regulating competition, policy, and for consumer protection. The Act also contains rules regarding the presentation, form and content of loan agreements, including statutory warnings and the layout of financial information. To comply with these rules, we use model credit agreements provided by the British Cheque Cashers Association.
 
Our consumer lending activities are also subject to certain other state, federal and foreign regulations, including regulations governing lending practices and terms, such as the content, form and accuracy of our consumer disclosures, limitations on the cost of credit, fair debt collection practices and rules regarding advertising content.


18


Table of Contents

Currency Reporting Regulation
 
United States.  Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department under the Bank Secrecy Act require reporting of transactions involving currency in an amount greater than $10,000, or the purchase of monetary instruments for cash in amounts from $3,000 to $10,000. In general, every financial institution must report each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer that involves currency in an amount greater than $10,000. In addition, multiple currency transactions must be treated as a single transaction if the financial institution has knowledge that the transactions are by, or on behalf of, any one person and result in either cash in or cash out totaling more than $10,000 during any one business day. We believe that our point-of-sale system and employee training programs support our compliance with these regulatory requirements.
 
Also, money services businesses are required by the Money Laundering Act of 1994 to register with the U.S. Treasury Department. Money services businesses include check cashers and sellers of money orders. Money services businesses must renew their registrations every two years, maintain a list of their agents, update the agent list annually and make the agent list available for examination. In addition, the Bank Secrecy Act requires money services businesses to file a Suspicious Activity Report for any transaction conducted or attempted involving amounts individually or in total equaling $2,000 or greater, when the money services businesses knows or suspects that the transaction involves funds derived from an illegal activity, the transaction is designed to evade the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act or the transaction is considered so unusual that there appears to be no reasonable explanation for the transaction. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“PATRIOT Act”) includes a number of anti-money-laundering measures designed to assist in the identification and seizure of terrorist funds, including provisions that directly impact check cashers and other money services businesses. Specifically, the PATRIOT Act requires all check cashers to establish certain programs designed to detect and report money laundering activities to law enforcement. We believe we are in compliance with the PATRIOT Act. The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control administers economic sanctions and embargo programs that require assets and transactions involving target countries and their nationals (referred to as “specially designated nationals and blocked persons”) be frozen. We maintain procedures to assure compliance with these requirements.
 
Canada.  The Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada is responsible for ensuring that money services businesses comply with the legislative requirements of the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act. The act requires the reporting of large cash transactions involving amounts of $10,000 or more received in cash and international electronic funds transfer requests of $10,000 or more. This act also requires submitting suspicious transactions reports where there are reasonable grounds to suspect that a transaction is related to the commission of a money laundering offense or to the financing of a terrorist activity. We believe that we are in compliance with the requirements of the act.
 
United Kingdom.  The Terrorism Act 2000 and the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 expanded, reformed and consolidated the United Kingdom’s criminal money laundering offenses. The Money Laundering Regulations 2003 impose certain reporting and record keeping requirements on persons and businesses in the regulated sector. Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs has the responsibility for enforcing the regulations. The regulations require that identity is taken for any person carrying out single or multiple foreign exchange transactions exceeding GBP10,000 or EUR15,000 and for the cashing of any third party check, in any amount. Any single foreign exchange transaction exceeding GBP5,000 and all transactions involving checks drawn on foreign banks are monitoried by the U.K. company appointed Money Laundering Reporting officer and are reported to the Serious Organized Crime Agency if deemed suspicious. Suspicious transaction reports, in addition to the foreign exchange requirements, are also submitted to the Serious Organized Crime Agency whenever there is a transaction which is inconsistent with a customer’s known legitimate business activities or with normal business for that type of account. We have existing procedures to remain in compliance with these requirements.


19


Table of Contents

Regulation of Legal Document Processing Services Business
 
The regulation of our legal document processing services business comes from two principal sources:
 
  •  state laws which prohibit: (1) the unauthorized practice of law, or UPL; and (2) fraudulent, deceptive and unfair business practices generally; and
 
  •  section 110 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
 
All states in the United States have laws which prohibit UPL. In addition, all states in the United States have consumer protection laws which prohibit fraudulent, deceptive and unfair business practices. In some of those states, the state bar association, in conjunction with a regulatory agency such as the state supreme court or the state attorney general, monitors and enforces compliance with the state’s prohibitions on UPL. In other states, the state attorney general’s consumer protection regulatory authority includes monitoring and enforcing compliance with the state’s prohibitions on UPL. Two states, Arizona and California, have enacted laws which specifically allow and regulate the preparation and processing of legal documents by non-attorneys, including provisions which detail specific educational, certification and licensing requirements. There have been recent efforts by various trade and state bar associations and state legislatures and regulators, such as in Massachusetts, to define the practice of law in a manner which would prohibit the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys. In Illinois, we are sponsoring a bill now moving through the legislative process which would regulate the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys.
 
At the federal level, the preparation of bankruptcy petitions by non-attorneys is regulated by Section 110 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Section 110 places restrictions on, among other things, the manner in which a non-attorney may advise debtors and sets forth additional requirements regarding how services are provided, the reasonableness of a non-attorney’s fees and how court fees are collected and handled. The Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2005 added certain disclosure requirements to Section 110, none of which is expected to have a material impact on our legal document processing services business. This legislation requires prospective debtors to seek consumer credit counseling before filing for chapter 7 bankruptcy. It is too soon to tell what impact, if any, this requirement will ultimately have on the volume of bankruptcy petitions processed by our legal document processing services business, however, it has substantially decreased the volume processed in the latter half of fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007.
 
We believe that our legal document processing services business model does not constitute the practice of law. From time to time, we receive inquiries from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities regarding our legal document processing services business model and the activities of our franchisees. We address these inquiries as they are made on a case-by-case basis. In many instances, no further inquiries or actions are taken by the state bar association or regulatory authority. Nevertheless, our business model has been and continues to be challenged in various states and by various U.S. bankruptcy trustees.
 
Privacy Regulation
 
We are subject to a variety of state, federal and foreign laws and regulations restricting the use and seeking to protect the confidentiality of identifying and other personal consumer information. We have systems in place intended to safeguard such information as required.
 
Other Regulation
 
We operate a total of 131 financial service stores in California. This state has enacted a so-called “prompt remittance” statute. This statute specifies a maximum time for the payment of proceeds from the sale of money orders to the issuer of the money orders. In this way, the statute limits the number of days, known as the “float,” that we have use of the money from the sale of money orders.
 
In addition to fee regulations, licensing requirements and prompt remittance statutes, certain jurisdictions have also placed limitations on the commingling of money order proceeds and established minimum bonding or capital requirements.


20


Table of Contents

Proprietary Rights
 
We hold the rights to a variety of service marks relating to financial services we provide in our stores. In addition, we maintain service marks relating to the various names under which our stores operate.
 
Insurance Coverage
 
We maintain insurance coverage against losses, including theft, to protect our earnings and properties. We also maintain insurance coverage against criminal acts with a deductible of $50,000 per occurrence.
 
Employees
 
On June 30, 2007, we employed 4,795 persons worldwide, consisting of 389 persons in our accounting, management information systems, legal, human resources, treasury, finance and administrative departments and 4,406 persons in our stores, including customer service representatives, store managers, regional supervisors, operations directors and store administrative personnel.
 
None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.
 
Available Information
 
Our internet address is www.dfg.com. There we make available, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations section of our Web site. The information found on our Web site is not part of this or any report we file with or furnish to the SEC.
 
Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
 
This report includes forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, anticipated improvements in operations, our plans, earnings, cash flow and expense estimates, strategies and prospects, both business and financial. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” “estimate,” “potential,” “continue” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
 
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events, financial trends and industry regulations that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions, including, without limitation, with respect to risks, uncertainties, anticipated operating efficiencies, new business prospects and the rate of expense increases. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements in this report may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. When you consider these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risk factors and other cautionary statements in Item 1A of this annual report on form 10K, as well as those risk factors in the section entitled “Risk Factors” set forth in the offering memorandum for the issuance of our 2.875% Convertible Notes on June 27, 2007. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


21


Table of Contents

 
Item 1A.   RISK FACTORS
 
Our current business and future results may be affected by a number of risks and uncertainties, including those described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
 
If we do not generate a sufficient amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control, our liquidity and our ability to service our indebtedness and fund our operations would be harmed.
 
We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our credit facilities will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs. However, we have substantial debt service obligations, working capital needs and contractual commitments. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that our anticipated revenue growth will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us under credit facilities in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay our existing indebtedness, fund our expansion efforts or fund our other liquidity needs.
 
Changes in applicable laws and regulations governing consumer protection and lending practices, both domestically and abroad, may have a significant negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our business is subject to numerous state and certain federal and foreign laws and regulations which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way we conduct or expand our business. These regulations govern or affect:
 
  •  check cashing fees;
 
  •  licensing and posting of fees;
 
  •  lending practices, such as truth in lending and installment and single-payment lending;
 
  •  interest rates and usury;
 
  •  loan amount and fee limitations;
 
  •  currency reporting;
 
  •  privacy of personal consumer information; and
 
  •  prompt remittance of proceeds for the sale of money orders.
 
As we develop and introduce new products and services, we may become subject to additional federal, state and foreign regulations. In addition, future legislation or regulations may restrict our ability to continue our current methods of operation or expand our operations and may have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, states may also seek to impose new licensing requirements or interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways. Our business is also subject to litigation and regulatory proceedings, which could generate adverse publicity or cause us to incur substantial expenditures or modify the way we conduct our business.
 
Currently our check cashing and consumer lending activities are subject to only limited substantive regulation in Canada other than usury laws. The Canadian Parliament has recently transferred jurisdiction and the refinement of laws and regulation of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces. There can be no assurance that the new regulations that may be adopted would not have a detrimental effect on our consumer lending business in Canada. Historically our Canadian consumer lending activities were subject to provincial licensing in Sastatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Newfoundland. A federal


22


Table of Contents

usury ceiling applies to loans we make to Canadian customers. Such borrowers contract to repay us in cash; if they elect to repay by check, we also collect, in addition to a permissible finance charge, our customary check-cashing fees. Effective May 3, 2007, the Canadian Parliament amended the federal usury law to transfer jurisdiction and the development of laws and regulations of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces. To date, Manitoba, Nova Scotia, British Columbia and Saskatchewan have proposed or adopted substantive regulation of short-term consumer lenders pursuant to the new provincial authority; Alberta’s regulatory framework is currently under review and is expected to be implemented in 2008. In general, such regulations are similar to those in effect in the United States and require lenders to be licensed, set maximum limits on the charges to the consumer for a loan, prohibit lenders, in some states, from having more than one short-term loan with the same borrower at the same time and regulate collection practices.
 
In the United Kingdom, our consumer lending activities must comply with the Consumer Credit Act of 1974 and related rules and regulations which, among other things, require us to obtain governmental licenses and prescribe the presentation, form and content of loan agreements. The modification of existing laws or regulations in Canada and the United Kingdom, or the adoption of new laws or regulations restricting or imposing more stringent requirements on our international check cashing and consumer lending activities, could increase our operating expenses and significantly limit our international business activities.
 
Public perception and press coverage of single-payment consumer loans as being predatory or abusive could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.
 
Consumer advocacy groups and some legislators have recently advocated governmental action to prohibit or severely restrict certain types of short-term consumer lending. Typically the consumer groups, some legislators and press coverage focus on lenders that charge consumers interest rates and fees that are higher than those charged by credit card issuers to more creditworthy consumers. This difference in credit cost may become more significant if a consumer does not repay the loan promptly, but renews the loan for one or more additional short-term periods. These types of short-term single-payment loans are often characterized by consumer groups, some legislators and press coverage as predatory or abusive toward consumers. If consumers accept this negative characterization of certain single-payment consumer loans and believe that the loans we provide to our customers fit this characterization, demand for our loans could significantly decrease, which could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.
 
If our estimates of loan losses are not adequate to absorb losses, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
 
We maintain an allowance for loan losses for anticipated losses on loans we make directly as well as for fee adjustments for losses on loans we historically had originated and serviced for others. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, including the reserve for estimated reductions to loan servicing fees, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, as well as loans owed to banks and serviced by us, historical loans charged off, current collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current allowance for loan losses is based on our charge-offs, expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans that we make directly and outstanding loans we originate and service for others. As of June 30, 2007, our allowance for loan losses on company-funded consumer loans that were not in default was $8.6 million; our allowance for losses on defaulted loans was $18.0 million; and our reserve for estimated reductions to loan service fees was $0.7 million. These reserves, however, are estimates, and if actual loan losses or reductions to loan servicing fees are materially greater than our loan loss reserves, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Legal proceedings may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows in future periods.
 
We are currently subject to a number of legal proceedings. We are vigorously defending these proceedings. However, the resolution of one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows in future periods.


23


Table of Contents

Competition in the financial services industry could cause us to lose market share and revenues.
 
The industry in which we operate is highly fragmented and very competitive. In addition, we believe that the market will become more competitive as the industry consolidates. In addition to other check cashing stores and consumer lending stores in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, we compete with banks and other financial services entities and retail businesses that cash checks, offer consumer loans, sell money orders, provide money transfer services or offer other products and services offered by us. Some of our competitors have larger and more established customer bases and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. As a result, we could lose market share and our revenues could decline, thereby affecting our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness and fund our operations.
 
Unexpected changes in foreign tax rates and political and economic conditions could negatively impact our operating results.
 
We currently conduct significant check cashing and consumer lending activities internationally. Our foreign subsidiaries accounted for 72.3% of our total revenues during fiscal 2007 and 65.8% of our total revenues during fiscal 2006. Our financial results may be negatively impacted to the extent tax rates in foreign countries where we operate increase and/or exceed those in the United States and as a result of the imposition of withholding requirements on foreign earnings. Moreover, if political, regulatory or economic conditions deteriorate in these countries, our ability to conduct our international operations could be limited and the costs could be increased, which could negatively affect our operating results.
 
The international scope of our operations may contribute to increased costs and negatively impact our operations.
 
Our operations in Canada and the United Kingdom are significant to our business and present risks which may vary from those we face domestically. At June 30, 2007, assets held by our foreign subsidiaries represented 67.8% of our total assets. Since international operations increase the complexity of an organization, we may face additional administrative costs in managing our business. In addition, most countries typically impose additional burdens on non-domestic companies through the use of local regulations, tariffs and labor controls. Unexpected changes to the foregoing could negatively impact our operations.
 
Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations.
 
We derive significant revenue, earnings and cash flow from our operations in Canada and the United Kingdom. Our results of operations are vulnerable to currency exchange rate fluctuations in the Canadian dollar and the British pound against the United States dollar. We estimate that a 10.0% change in foreign exchange rates by itself would have impacted income before income taxes by approximately $7.6 million for fiscal 2007 and $6.8 million for fiscal 2006. This impact represents nearly 136.6% of our consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2007 and 19.7% of our consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2006. Our results of operations will continue to be significantly affected by foreign currency fluctuations, which would cause our results to be below expectations in any period.
 
Demand for our products and services is sensitive to the level of transactions effected by our customers, and accordingly, our revenues could be affected negatively by a general economic slowdown.
 
A significant portion of our revenues is derived from cashing checks. Revenues from check cashing accounted for 40.7% of our total revenues during fiscal 2007 and 43.4% of our total revenues during fiscal 2006. Any changes in economic factors that adversely affect consumer transactions and employment could reduce the volume of transactions that we process and have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.


24


Table of Contents

We may experience difficulties transitioning our U.S. installment-lending business to our company-funded short-term single payment loan product.
 
In the United States, in certain states we historically have engaged in consumer lending as a servicer for First Bank. We provided First Bank with marketing, servicing and collection services for their installment loan product. As of April 2007, First Bank no longer originates consumer loans through third-party retail locations. Accordingly, we are transitioning our CustomCash® installment loan product customers to our company-funded short-term single payment loan. If we are unsuccessful in transitioning our installment loan customers to company-funded single payment consumer loans, our earnings could be adversely affected.
 
Our business model for our legal document processing services business is being challenged in the courts, as well as by state legislatures, which could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
 
Our business model for our legal document processing services business is being challenged in various states and, at the federal level, by various United States bankruptcy trustees, as the unauthorized practice of law. A finding in any of these pending lawsuits and proceedings that our legal document processing services business model constitutes the unauthorized practice of law could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
 
Future legislative and regulatory activities and court orders may restrict our ability to continue our current legal document processing services business model or expand its use. For example, there have been recent efforts by various trade and state bar associations and state legislatures and regulators, such as in Massachusetts, to define the practice of law in a manner which would prohibit the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys. In Illinois, as we have done successfully in both California and Arizona, we have sponsored legislation (presently pending in both the Illinois House and Senate) that would provide a “safe harbor” for franchisees under the business model.
 
Changes in local rules and regulations such as local zoning ordinances could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business can be subject to various local rules and regulations such as local zoning regulations. Any actions taken in the future by local zoning boards or other local governing bodies to require special use permits for, or impose other restrictions on, our ability to provide products and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to manage our growth effectively.
 
Our expansion strategy, which contemplates the addition of new stores and the acquisition of competitor stores, is subject to significant risks. Our continued growth is dependent upon a number of factors, including the ability to hire, train and retain an adequate number of experienced management employees, the availability of adequate financing for our expansion activities, the ability to successfully transition acquired stores or their historical customer base to the Company’s operating platform, the ability to obtain any government permits and licenses that may be required and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully grow our business or that our current business, results of operations and financial condition will not suffer if we are unable to do so. Expansion beyond the geographic areas where the stores are presently located will increase demands on management and divert their attention. In addition, expansion into new products and services will present new challenges to our business and will require additional management time.
 
Our check cashing services may become obsolete because of technological advances.
 
We derive a significant component of our revenues from fees associated with cashing payroll, government and personal checks. Recently, there has been increasing penetration of electronic banking services into the


25


Table of Contents

check cashing and money transfer industry, including direct deposit of payroll checks and electronic transfer of government benefits. To the extent that checks received by our customer base are replaced with such electronic transfers, demand for our check cashing services could decrease.
 
Our business is seasonal in nature, which causes our revenues and earnings to fluctuate.
 
Our business is seasonal due to the impact of several tax-related services, including cashing tax refund checks, making electronic tax filings and processing applications for refund anticipation loans. Historically, we have generally experienced our highest revenues and earnings during the third fiscal quarter ending March 31 when revenues from these tax-related services peak. This seasonality requires us to manage our cash flows over the course of the year. If our revenues were to fall substantially below what we would normally expect during certain periods, our financial results would be adversely impacted and our ability to service our debt, including our ability to make interest payments on our debt, may also be adversely affected.
 
Because we maintain a significant supply of cash in our stores, we may be subject to cash shortages due to robbery, employee error and theft.
 
Since our business requires us to maintain a significant supply of cash in each of our stores, we are subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from robberies as well as employee errors and theft. Although we have implemented various programs to reduce these risks, maintain insurance coverage for theft and provide security, systems and processes for our employees and facilities, we cannot assure you that robberies, employee error and theft will not occur and lead to cash shortages that could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
If we lose key management or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our operating results could suffer.
 
Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the members of our senior management team, which have been instrumental in procuring capital to assist us in executing our growth strategies, identifying and negotiating domestic and international acquisitions and providing expertise in managing our developing international operations. The loss of the services of one or more members of senior management could harm our business and future development. Our continued growth also will depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional skilled management personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain the requisite personnel as needed in the future, our operating results and growth could suffer.
 
A catastrophic event at our corporate or international headquarters or our centralized call-center facilities in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our global business management processes are primarily provided from our corporate headquarters in Berwyn, Pennsylvania, and our operations headquarters in Victoria, British Columbia and Nottingham, England. We also maintain a centralized call-center facility in Salt Lake City, Utah that performs customer service, collection and loan-servicing functions for our consumer lending business, as well as similar facilities in Victoria, British Columbia and Nottingham, England. We have in place disaster recovery plans for each of these sites, including data redundancy and remote information back-up systems, but if any of these locations were severely damaged by a catastrophic event, such as a flood, significant power outage or act of terror, our operations could be significantly disrupted and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.
 
Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if such change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
 
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in


26


Table of Contents

control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:
 
  •  a board of directors that is classified such that only one-third of directors are elected each year;
 
  •  authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;
 
  •  limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  prohibiting stockholder action by written consent and requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and
 
  •  establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law limits business combination transactions with 15% stockholders that have not been approved by the board of directors. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if the transaction may be considered beneficial by some stockholders.
 
Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may be able to exert significant control over our future direction.
 
Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders together control a significant portion of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, may be able to exert significant influence, as a practical matter, on all matters requiring our stockholders’ approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. We are also a party to employment agreements with Jeffrey Weiss and Donald Gayhardt that require us to use our commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that they continue to be members of our board of directors as long as they are our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. As a result, this concentration of ownership and representation on our board of directors may delay, prevent or deter a change in control, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of the company or its assets and might reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
The accounting method for convertible debt securities with net share settlement, such as our 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027, may be subject to change.
 
For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, a convertible debt security providing for net share settlement of the excess of the conversion value over the principal amount, if any, and meeting specified requirements under Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 00-19, “Convertible Bonds with Issuer Option to Settle for Cash upon Conversion,” is accounted for in a manner similar to nonconvertible debt, with the stated coupon constituting interest expense and any shares issuable upon conversion of the security being accounted for under the treasury stock method. The effect of the treasury stock method is that the shares potentially issuable upon conversion of our 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 are not included in the calculation of our earnings per share until the conversion price is “in the money,” and we are assumed to issue the number of shares of common stock necessary to settle.
 
At the July 25, 2007 FASB meeting, the FASB agreed to issue for comment a proposed FASB Staff Position (FSP) addressing convertible instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, (including partial cash settlement). The proposed FSP would require issuers to separately account for the liability and equity components of the instrument in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The proposed FSP would require bifurcation of a component of the debt, classification of that component in equity, and then accretion of the resulting discount on the debt to result in the “economic interest cost” being reflected in the income statement. The proposed FSP would make any final guidance effective for fiscal periods after December 15, 2007, would permit early application, and would be applied retrospectively to all periods


27


Table of Contents

presented (retroactive restatement) pursuant to the guidance in FASB Statement No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. The final FSP is expected to be issued by December 2007.
 
We cannot predict the timing or any outcome of the FASB deliberations, whether the FASB will require net share settled convertible debt securities to be accounted for under the existing method, the proposed method described above or some other method, when any change would be implemented or whether such a change would be implemented retroactively or prospectively. The FASB may even recommend broader reconsideration of other forms of convertible debt securities.
 
We also cannot predict any other changes in generally accepted accounting principals, or GAAP, that may be made affecting accounting for convertible debt securities. Any change in the accounting method for convertible debt securities could have an adverse impact on our reported or future financial results. These impacts could adversely affect the trading price of our security, including our common stock and the 2.87% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027.
 
Item 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
Item 2.   PROPERTIES
 
All of our company-operated stores are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial multi-year term and renewal terms from one to five years. The leases may contain provisions for additional rental charges based on revenue and payment of real estate taxes and common area charges. With respect to leased locations open as of June 30, 2007, the following table shows the total number of leases expiring during the periods indicated, assuming the exercise of our renewal options:
 
         
    Number of
 
Period Ending June 30,
  Leases Expiring  
 
2008
    127  
2009 - 2011
    517  
2012 - 2016
    264  
2017 - 2021
    39  
Thereafter
    2  
         
      949  
         
 
The following table reflects the change in the number of stores during fiscal years 2005, 2006 and 2007:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Number of stores at beginning of period
    1,110       1,335       1,250  
New stores opened
    42       34       52  
Stores acquired
    51       47       115  
Stores closed
    (15 )     (32 )     (30 )
Net change in franchise stores
    147       (134 )     (107 )
                         
Number of stores at end of period
    1,335       1,250       1,280  
                         
 
Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
In addition to the legal proceedings discussed below, which we are defending vigorously, we are involved in routine litigation and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Although we believe that the resolution of these proceedings will not materially adversely impact our business, there can be no assurances in that regard.


28


Table of Contents

Canadian Legal Proceedings
 
On August 19, 2003, a former customer in Ontario, Canada, Margaret Smith, commenced an action against OPCO and our Canadian subsidiary on behalf of a purported class of Ontario borrowers who, Smith claims, were subjected to usurious charges in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, alleges violations of a Canadian federal law proscribing usury, seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, and seeks injunctive relief prohibiting further alleged usurious charges. Our Canadian subsidiary’s motion to stay the action on grounds of arbitrability was denied. DFG’s motion to stay the action for lack of jurisdiction was denied and the appeal was dismissed. On October 25, 2006, the plaintiff filed a motion to certify the class. The judge granted the certification motion on January 5, 2007. Leave to appeal from the decision was refused. The action is presently in the discovery phase and a trial, while not yet scheduled, is expected in 2008.
 
On October 21, 2003, another former customer, Kenneth D. Mortillaro, commenced a similar action against our Canadian subsidiary, but this action has since been stayed on consent because it is a duplicate action. The allegations, putative class and relief sought in the Mortillaro action are substantially the same as those in the Smith action.
 
On November 6, 2003, Gareth Young, a former customer, commenced a purported class action in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from our Canadian subsidiary in Alberta, alleging, among other things, that the charge to borrowers in connection with such loans is usurious. The action seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages. On December 9, 2005, our Canadian subsidiary settled this action, subject to court approval. On March 3, 2006 just prior to the date scheduled for final court approval of the settlement the plaintiff’s lawyers advised that they would not proceed with the settlement and indicated their intention to join a purported national class action. No steps have been taken in the action since March 2006. Subsequently, our Canadian subsidiary commenced an action against the plaintiff and the plaintiff’s lawyer for breach of contract. That action has not proceeded past the pleadings stage.
 
On or about March 5, 2007, a former customer, H. Craig Day, commenced an action against OPCO, our Canadian subsidiary and several of our franchisees in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a putative class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from our Canadian subsidiary in Alberta. The allegations, putative class and relief sought in the Day action are substantially the same as those in the Young action but relate to a claim period that commences before and ends after the claim period in the Young action and excludes the claim period described in that action.
 
On January 29, 2003, a former customer, Kurt MacKinnon, commenced an action against our Canadian subsidiary and 26 other Canadian lenders on behalf of a purported class of British Columbia residents who, MacKinnon claims, were overcharged in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Supreme Court of British Columbia, alleges violations of laws proscribing usury and unconscionable trade practices and seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, in an unknown amount. Following initial denial, MacKinnon obtained an order permitting him to re-apply for class certification which was appealed. The Court of Appeal granted MacKinnon the right to apply to the original judge to have her amend her order denying certification. On June 14, 2006, the original judge granted the requested order and our Canadian subsidiary’s request for leave to appeal the order was dismissed. The certification motion in this action proceeded in conjunction with the certification motion in the Parsons action described below.
 
On April 15, 2005, the solicitor acting for MacKinnon commenced a proposed class action against our Canadian subsidiary on behalf of another former customer, Louise Parsons. Class certification was granted on March 14, 2007. An appeal from this certification decision is pending. The action is presently in the discovery phase and a trial, while not yet scheduled, is expected in 2008.
 
Similar purported class actions have been commenced against our Canadian subsidiary in Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. OPCO is named as a defendant in the actions commenced in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. The claims in these additional actions are substantially similar to those of the Ontario actions referred to above.


29


Table of Contents

On April 26, and August 3, 2006, two former employees, Peggy White and Kelly Arseneau commenced companion actions against our Canadian subsidiary and OPCO. The actions, which are pending in the Superior Court of Ontario, allege negligence on the part of the defendants in security training procedures and breach of fiduciary duty to employees in violation of applicable statutes. The companion lawsuits seek combined damages of C$5.0 million plus interest and costs. These claims have been submitted to the respective insurance carriers. We intend to vigorously defend these actions.
 
At this time it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of these matters.
 
California Legal Proceedings
 
We were the defendant in four lawsuits commenced by the same law firm. Each lawsuit was pled as a class action, and each lawsuit alleged violations of California’s wage-and-hour laws. The named plaintiffs were our former employees Vernell Woods (commenced August 22, 2000), Juan Castillo (commenced May 1, 2003), Stanley Chin (commenced May 7, 2003) and Kenneth Williams (commenced June 3, 2003). Each of these suits sought an unspecified amount of damages and other relief in connection with allegations that we misclassified California store (Woods) and area (Castillo) managers as “exempt” from a state law requiring the payment of overtime compensation, that we failed to provide non-management employees with meal and rest breaks required under state law (Chin) and that we computed bonuses payable to our store managers using an impermissible profit-sharing formula (Williams). The trial court in Chin denied plaintiff’s motion for class certification and that decision was upheld on appeal. We reached a settlement with Chin, resolving all issues for a nominal amount.
 
In March, 2006, we reached a settlement in the Woods, Castillo and Williams actions, and the court granted approval of that settlement in October of 2006. We agreed to settle these cases for $5.8 million and a settlement distribution, including payment to the attorneys for fees and costs occurred on January 11, 2007. The court has scheduled a hearing regarding the final accounting of the settlement funds for October 2, 2007.
 
On September 11, 2006, plaintiff Caren Bufil commenced a lawsuit against us; the claims in Bufil are substantially similar to the claims in Chin. Bufil seeks class certification of the action against us for failure to provide meal and rest periods, failure to provide accurate wage statements and unlawful, unfair and fraudulent business practices under California law. The suit seeks an unspecified amount of damages and other relief. We filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings, arguing that the Bufil case is duplicative of the Chin case and should be dismissed. Plaintiff filed her motion for class certification. Our motion was granted, and Bufil’s motion was denied. Bufil has appealed both rulings and her appellate brief will be filed shortly. We expect briefing to be completed by the end of October 2007 with a decision on the issues in early 2008.
 
At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from the Bufil case.
 
On April 26, 2007, San Francisco City Attorney filed a complaint in the name of the People of the State of California in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Francisco, against Monetary Management of California, Inc. and Money Mart Express, Inc. (collectively the “Money Mart Entities”). OPCO is the parent of the Money Mart Entities. The complaint alleges that the Money Mart Entities have engaged in unlawful and deceptive business practices in violation of California Business and Professions Code section 17200 by either making or brokering installment loans in California in violation of the prohibition on usury contained in the California Constitution and the California Finance Lenders Law and that they have otherwise violated the California Finance Lenders Law and the California Deferred Deposit Transaction Law. The complaint seeks broad injunctive relief as well as civil penalties. We deny the allegations of the complaint. The Money Mart Entities answered the complaint on May 25, 2007. On May 29, 2007, all defendants removed the case to the United States Court for the Northern District of California (No. C 07-02789 JSW). On August 20, 2007, the Court issued an order remanding the case to state court. We are unable to state whether an outcome unfavorable to us is either probable or remote, nor are we able to estimate the amount or range of loss in the event of an unfavorable outcome.


30


Table of Contents

We The People Legal Proceedings
 
Our business model for our legal document preparation services business is being challenged in the courts, as described below, which could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions. The principal litigation for the We The People (“WTP”) business unit is as follows:
 
The company from which we bought the assets of our WTP business, We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (the “Former WTP”), certain of our franchisees and/or WTP are defendants in various lawsuits. These actions, which are pending in Ohio, Kansas and Oregon state courts, allege violations of the unauthorized practice of law (“UPL”) statutes and various consumer protection statutes of those states. There are presently three stores operated by franchisees in these three states. These cases seek damages and/or injunctive relief, which could prevent us and/or our franchisees from processing legal documents in accordance with our present business model. The Oregon Bar case was commenced against its local franchisee in March 2006 and was amended to include WTP as a party in August 2006. The parties have agreed to the terms of a stipulated injunction that needs to be approved and signed by the Court. The Ohio State Bar Association case has been pending since February 2006; in April 2007, WTP reached a settlement with the plaintiff, the Ohio State Bar, by agreeing to pay $20,000 in civil penalties for two counts of UPL by its franchisee. Prosecution costs could be assessed against WTP. The Ohio stipulation must be reviewed and accepted by the Ohio Supreme Court and that review is expected sometime in the next three to six months. In Kansas, the U.S. Bankruptcy Trustee has filed seven lawsuits on behalf of seven WTP customers, alleging that WTP and certain franchisees violated previous stipulations and is seeking an injunction against WTP in preparing any further bankruptcy petitions. WTP is engaged in finalizing a settlement to resolve these cases that will permit WTP to offer bankruptcy petition services in Kansas but at a fee lower than in many other states.
 
In October, 2005, we filed an action against the Former WTP, Inc., Ira Distenfield and Linda Distenfield (collectively, the “IDLD Parties”) in the Court of Common Pleas of Chester County, Pennsylvania, alleging that the sellers of the WTP USA business deliberately concealed certain franchise sales from us. We also asserted breaches of representations and warranties made by the sellers with respect to undisclosed liabilities and other matters arising out of the acquisition. In December 2006, we settled the matter with all of the IDLD Parties. As a result, we received all of the funds (approximately $3.25 million) held in escrow from the acquisition, which are recorded in the Proceeds from legal settlement line item in the Statement of Operations.
 
On July 6, 2006, New Millennium Corporation (“NMC”) filed a complaint against us and certain of our subsidiaries, including WTP, and others, including the Former WTP. This case involves a franchise agreement between the Former WTP and NMC dated April 7, 2004 and certain addenda to the agreement. NMC alleged numerous acts of wrongdoing by the Former WTP and persons associated with the Former WTP, including breach of agreement, fraud and violation of the California Franchise Investment Law, and essentially alleged that we and our subsidiaries were liable as successors in interest. NMC sought unspecified restitution, compensatory damages and exemplary damages. In response, we filed a petition to compel arbitration, which has been granted, and the parties are in the process of preparing for an arbitration scheduled for February 2008. We believe the material allegations in the complaint with respect to us and our subsidiaries are without merit and intend to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On July 24, 2006, Glen Tiorum Moors (“GTM”) filed a complaint against WTP, the Former WTP, and others. The case involved an agreement between GTM and the Former WTP dated June 10, 2004, relating to the ownership and management of a WTP location in Orange County, California. The complaint asserted a number of claims against all the defendants, including breach of contract and contractual interference claims against WTP. GTM sought various forms of relief from all defendants, including compensatory damages of $250,000 and unspecified punitive damages. The parties have stipulated to submit all of their disputes to arbitration, and the parties are in the process of preparing for that arbitration. We believe that the material allegations against WTP are without merit and intend to vigorously defend the matter.
 
On January 17, 2007, a lawsuit was filed in the Los Angeles County Superior Court in California by six We The People franchisees against us, WTP, the Former WTP, and certain other defendants. The complaint alleges, among other causes of action, that defendants breached their franchise agreements with plaintiffs, engaged in fraud and conspiracy to defeat plaintiff’s rights, violated certain statutes relating to antitrust,


31


Table of Contents

securities and unfair competition, breached fiduciary duties owed to plaintiffs, and engaged in conduct which resulted in the intentional and negligent infliction of emotional distress on plaintiffs. The lawsuit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory and punitive damages. In response, we removed the case to the United States District Court for the Central District of California. We also filed a petition to compel arbitration, which has been granted, and the parties are in the process of preparing for that arbitration. We believe the material allegations in the complaint with respect to us and our subsidiaries are without merit and intend to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On or about February 8, 2007, a lawsuit was filed by We The People of Mecklenburg County, LLC, George Hunt and Mary Hunt in the Superior Court of Mecklenburg County North Carolina against the IDLD Parties, as well as us and WTP, as successors in interest. The complaint alleges, among other causes of action, that defendants breached the Franchise Agreement and that the IDLD Parties committed fraud and violated the North Carolina business opportunity statute. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages and recovery of legal fees. We removed the case to the Federal Court and are in the process of seeking an order compelling arbitration of the dispute. We believe the material allegations in the complaint with respect to us and WTP are without merit and intend to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On or about March 27, 2007 Daryl Buchanan, Daniel Buchanan and Paul Lieberman filed a complaint against WTP in the U.S. District Court in Connecticut alleging that WTP breached their Franchise Agreement by failing to refund their Franchise Fee of approximately $0.2 million. The parties have agreed to submit this dispute to arbitration where we expect to engage in settlement discussions. We believe the material allegations in the complaint to be without merit and intend to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On or about April 6, 2007, a lawsuit was filed by Martha and Marty Wasserman, former WTP franchisees, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas against the IDLD Parties, as well as us and WTP, as successors in interest. The complaint alleges, among other causes of action, that defendants breached the franchise agreement and that the IDLD Parties committed fraud, deceptive trade practices and violated the Texas business opportunity statute. The Court granted WTP’s motion to compel arbitration. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, restitution and recovery of legal fees. We believe the material allegations in the Complaint with respect to us and WTP are without merit and intend to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On May 8, 2007, WTP’s legal department met with the New York State Attorney General’s Office, Consumer Affairs Division, which had been investigating WTP operation in the New York City area for over three years. The AG’s Office alleged that WTP engaged in unfair business practices, including deceptive advertising that harmed New York consumers. The AG’s Office demanded that WTP enter into an Agreed Order of Discontinuance (“AOD”) and demanded WTP pay a fine of approximately $0.3 million, plus investigation costs. WTP denied the allegations and requested that the AG’s Office hold the Former New York City WTP owners liable for the alleged misconduct. The parties are presently negotiating the final terms of the AOD.
 
On May 10, 2007, WTP franchisee Rosann Pennisi and her company, WTP of Westchester Square, sued us, Ira and Linda Distenfield, IDLD, and WTP, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. The complaint alleges breach of franchise agreement, tortuous interference with franchise agreement, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unfair competition against defendants and breach of contract and deception and misrepresentation, unjust enrichment, fraudulent concealment of material facts against the Distenfields and IDLD, Inc. and seeks over $9.0 million in damages. We and WTPUSA deny the allegations and have filed a motion to compel arbitration.
 
On May 28, 2007, the United States Trustee for the Eastern District of Missouri filed a complaint against the WTP franchisee in St. Louis, Missouri and WTPUSA. The complaint alleges that defendants engaged in the unauthorized practice of law and charged unreasonable fees for bankruptcy petition preparation services in violation of Section 110 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The franchisee and WTPUSA deny the allegations and intend to defend the action vigorously.


32


Table of Contents

It is our opinion that many of the WTP related litigation matters relate to actions undertaken by the Distenfields, IDLD, Inc. and the Former WTP when they owned or managed We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc., during the period of time prior to the acquisition of the assets of the Former WTP by us. However, in many of these actions, we and WTP have been included as defendants in these cases as well. At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of any of the aforementioned matters against WTP or us or any other of our litigation as well.
 
In addition to the matters described above, we continue to respond to inquiries we receive from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities from time to time as a routine part of our business regarding our legal document processing services business and our WTP franchisees.
 
While we believe there is no legal basis for liability in any of the aforementioned cases, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, we are unable to reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, we do not expect that the ultimate cost to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
None


33


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Market Information
 
Our common shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DLLR.” Our common stock was initially offered to the public on January 28, 2005 at a price of $16.00 Below is a summary of the high and low prices of our stock for each quarterly period since the date of our initial public offering as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. On January 28, 2005, the closing price of our common stock was $16.00.
 
                 
Period
  High     Low  
 
January 28, 2005 until March 31, 2005
  $ 17.06     $ 10.57  
April 1, 2005 until June 30, 2005
  $ 13.00     $ 8.50  
July 1, 2005 until September 30, 2005
  $ 15.40     $ 10.64  
October 1, 2005 until December 31, 2005
  $ 12.90     $ 10.27  
January 1, 2006 until March 31, 2006
  $ 18.05     $ 10.70  
April 1, 2006 until June 30, 2006
  $ 19.74     $ 16.62  
July 1, 2006 until September 30, 2006
  $ 22.23     $ 17.41  
October 1, 2006 until December 31, 2006
  $ 30.06     $ 21.11  
January 1, 2007 until March 31, 2007
  $ 32.56     $ 23.00  
April 1, 2007 until June 30, 2007
  $ 33.27     $ 23.12  


34


Table of Contents

 
Stock Performance Graph
 
The SEC requires us to present a chart comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on the Common Stock with the cumulative total stockholder return of (i) a broad equity index and (ii) a published industry or peer group index. Set forth below is a graph and table indicating the value at the end of the specified time periods of a $100 investment made on January 28, 2005 (the first day of trading of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq) in our Common Stock and similar investments made in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Nasdaq Composite Index and securities of companies in a peer group of financial services companies comprised of Advance America Cash Advance Centers, Inc., Cash America International, Inc., EZCorp Inc., First Cash Financial Services, Inc., and QC Holdings, Inc. The graph and table assume the reinvestment of any dividends received.
 
 
                                                                                                               
      1/05     3/05     6/05     9/05     12/05     3/06     6/06     9/06     12/06     3/07     6/07
Dollar Financial Corp. 
      100.00         74.25         66.31         74.88         74.94         111.13         112.50         136.38         174.13         158.13         178.13  
NASDAQ Composite
      100.00         97.10         99.46         105.01         107.75         114.91         107.00         111.41         119.68         120.32         129.04  
Peer Group
      100.00         75.40         74.39         71.74         72.14         92.72         104.95         104.08         121.80         112.59         117.54  
                                                                                                               
 
Holders
 
On August 31, 2007, there were approximately, 131 shareholders of record.
 
Debt Securities
 
Our credit agreement, as amended as of June 20, 2007, contain restrictions on our declaration and payment of dividends. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
Dividends
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock will be dependent upon the ability of OPCO, our wholly owned subsidiary, to pay dividends or make cash payments or advances to us. Our credit agreement, as amended as of June 20, 2007, contain restrictions on our declaration and payment of dividends. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. For example, OPCO’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us, and thus our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, will depend upon, among other things, its


35


Table of Contents

level of indebtedness at the time of the proposed dividend or distribution, whether it is in default under its financing agreements and the amount of dividends or distributions made in the past. Our future dividend policy will also depend on the requirements of any future financing agreements to which we may be a party and other factors considered relevant by our board of directors, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits.
 
Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
As of June 30, 2007:
 
                         
    Number of
          Number of Securities
 
    Securities to
    Weighted-Average
    Remaining
 
    be Issued
    Exercise Price of
    Available for
 
    Upon
    Outstanding
    Future Issuance
 
    Exercise of
    Options,
    Under Equity
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Warrants and
    Compensation
 
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights     Rights     Plans  
 
Equity compensation Plans approved by Shareholders Options
    1,297,600     $ 15.58       14,989  
Restricted Shares
    111,151       (a)        
Restricted Stock Unit Awards
    129,250       (a)        
Equity compensation Plans not approved by Shareholders
                 
                         
Total
    1,538,001     $ 15.58       14,989  
                         
 
 
(a) Not applicable


36


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
We derived the following historical financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2003, June 30, 2004, June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2007, which are included elsewhere in this report This table should be read together with the information contained in “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in “Item 8 — Financial Statements of Supplementary Data”.
 
                                         
    2003     2004     2005(3)     2006(4)     2007(5)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Check Cashing
  $ 108,435     $ 117,397     $ 128,748     $ 142,470     $ 166,754  
Consumer lending:
                                       
Fees from consumer lending
    107,580       122,461       153,004       162,588       227,445  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing income
    (24,995 )     (24,489 )     (29,425 )     (30,367 )     (45,799 )
                                         
Consumer lending, net
    82,585       97,972       123,579       132,221       181,646  
Money transfer fees
    11,652       13,032       14,771       17,205       20,879  
Other
    16,716       17,706       24,468       36,625       40,654  
                                         
Total Revenues
    219,388       246,107       291,566       328,521       409,933  
Store and regional expenses:
                                       
Salaries and benefits
    73,698       80,291       91,982       106,823       129,522  
Occupancy
    18,896       19,828       22,899       27,914       32,270  
Depreciation
    5,908       6,588       7,226       7,834       9,455  
Other
    49,029       54,066       62,371       69,024       83,814  
                                         
Total store and regional expenses
    147,531       160,773       184,478       211,595       255,061  
                                         
Store and regional margin
    71,857       85,334       107,088       116,926       154,872  
Corporate and other expenses:
                                       
Corporate expenses
    26,039       27,439       38,276       41,784       53,594  
Management fee
    1,049       1,003       637              
Other depreciation and amortization
    3,271       3,244       3,776       3,655       3,390  
Interest expense, net of interest income
    34,620       40,123       33,878       29,702       31,462  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
          10,355       8097             31,784  
Goodwill impairment and other charges
                            24,301  
Mark to market term loan
                            7,551  
Reserve for (proceeds from) litigation settlements
    2,750                   5,800       (3,256 )
Other
    3,987       361       2795       1,506       514  
                                         
Income before income taxes
    141       2,809       19,629       34,479       5,532  
Income tax provision(1)(2)
    8,735       30,842       19,986       27,514       37,735  
                                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (8,594 )   $ (28,033 )   $ (357 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )
                                         
Net (loss) income per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.78 )   $ (2.56 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.38     $ (1.37 )
Diluted
  $ (0.78 )   $ (2.56 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.37     $ (1.37 )
Shares used to calculate net loss per share:
                                       
Basic
    10,965,778       10,965,778       13,945,883       18,280,131       23,571,203  
Diluted
    10,965,778       10,965,778       13,945,883       18,722,753       23,571,203  
Operating and Other Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 2,865     $ 19,595     $ 22,245     $ 22,438     $ 31,282  
Investing activities
  $ (10,679 )   $ (8,619 )   $ (44,807 )   $ (39,415 )   $ (170,651 )
Financing activities
  $ (9,930 )   $ (15,691 )   $ 43,225     $ 39,696     $ 307,358  
Stores in operation at end of period:
                                       
Company-owned
    624       638       716       765       902  
Franchised stores and check cashing merchants
    460       472       619       485       378  
                                         
Total
    1,084       1,110       1,335       1,250       1,280  
                                         


37


Table of Contents

                                         
    2003     2004     2005(3)     2006(4)     2007(5)  
 
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                       
Cash
  $ 71,809     $ 69,270     $ 92,504     $ 120,221     $ 294,518  
Total assets
  $ 313,611     $ 319,337     $ 387,856     $ 551,825     $ 833,619  
Total debt
  $ 311,614     $ 325,003     $ 271,764     $ 311,037     $ 576,910  
Shareholder’s (deficit) equity
  $ (28,970 )   $ (50,887 )   $ 59,636     $ 161,953     $ 145,983  
 
 
(1)  As a result of our refinancing in November 2003, we no longer accrue United States taxes on our foreign earnings. The amount of such tax was as follows:
 
                 
Year Ended June 30,
2003
  2004   2005   2006   2007
(Dollars in thousands)
 
$5,162
  $2,349   $—   $—   $—
 
(2)  Due to the refinancing of our debt in November 2003, significant U.S. deferred tax assets have been generated. Because the ability to realize the benefits of the asset is not certain, we provided a full valuation allowance against the U.S. deferred taxes at June 30, 2007 which amounted to $96.2 million. Because realization is not assured, we have not recorded the benefit of the deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 2007, we have approximately $99.2 million of United States federal net operating losses and loss carry forwards available to offset future taxable income. The United States federal net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2023, if not utilized.
 
(3)  On January 4, 2005 we acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of International Paper Converters Limited, d/b/a Cheque Changer Limited. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $2.7 million and was funded through excess internal cash. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $2.5 million. On January 31, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Alexandria Financial Service, LLC and certain of its affiliates. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $11.9 million in cash, which includes a revenue earn-out of $2.0 million which was paid during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. Our revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $11.1 million. On March 7, 2005, we entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (“Former WTP”) relating to the Former WTP’s retail-based legal document processing services business. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $14.0 million, consisting of $10.5 million in cash paid at closing, $2.0 million in unregistered shares of our common stock and $1.5 million paid at closing to an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the Former WTP. In addition, we assumed $0.8 million in liabilities and assumed approximately $7.6 million in refundable deposits related to certain franchise agreements. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to purchased franchise agreements for $1.2 million and other assets for $1.1 million, with the remainder allocated to goodwill. Our revolving credit facility and unregistered shares of our common stock were used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired was $21.5 million. On May 16, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Tenant Financial Enterprises, Inc., consisting of five financial services stores in Arizona. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $1.7 million in cash. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $1.7 million. During fiscal 2005, we completed various other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.1 million.
 
(4)  In July 2005, we purchased 26 We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territory for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $5.0 million and was funded through excess internal cash. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to territory rights for $4.3 million and $0.8 million to other assets. In October 2005, we purchased three We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territories for future development. In addition, we acquired three undeveloped territories from franchisees for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $1.6 million, consisting of $0.8 million in cash paid at closing and a

38


Table of Contents

$0.7 million note payable. We allocated $0.2 million of the purchase price to territory rights. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $1.1 million. On March 9, 2006, we entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of eleven franchised stores in western Canada in a series of transactions. The acquired stores were controlled by a franchisee of our Canadian subsidiary, and we also had a minority ownership interest in seven of these stores. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million cash. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to reacquired franchise rights for $1.4 million and other assets for $1.4 million. Our revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $11.9 million.
 
(5)  On October 31, 2006, we purchased substantially all of the assets of 82 retail stores owned and operated by five existing National Money Mart franchisees. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $124.2 million cash and was funded by the Canadian Term Facility. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to reacquired franchise rights for $41.8 million, loans receivable for $5.9 million, cash in stores for $3.3 million and other assets for $3.9 million. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $69.3 million. On November 12, 2006, we purchased substantially all of the assets of the Money Corner, Inc. consisting of 23 financial services stores. The total aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $29.0 million cash. An additional $1.0 million was paid into an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the former owner of the Money Corner. We used our U.S. revolving credit facility to fund the purchase. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to loans receivable for $2.4 million, cash in stores for $1.0 million and other assets for $0.8 million. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $24.8 million. During fiscal 2007, we completed various other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.2 million.
 
On July 26, 2006, we used the $80.8 million net proceeds from the June 2006 follow-on offering of our common stock to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of OPCO’s 9.75% senior notes due 2011, which we refer to as the Notes, pay $6.8 million in redemption premium, pay $1.3 million in accrued interest and used the remaining $2.6 million for working capital and general corporate purposes. On October 30, 2006, we announced the completion of the refinancing of OPCO’s existing credit facilities. We entered into a new $475 million credit facility, which we refer to as the New Credit Agreement, and competed our cash tender offer and consent solicitation by OPCO for OPCO’s Notes. We incurred a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $31.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2007. In October 2006, we redeemed $198.0 million principal of the Notes and wrote off $7.2 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs related to this redemption.
 
In December 2006, we announced our restructuring plan for our WTP business. Under the plan, we have closed our remaining twelve company-operated WTP stores. As a result of the restructuring initiatives, in the quarter ended December 31, 2006, we incurred $1.2 million for cash expenses related to the closure of the company-operating stores and other initiatives, $0.5 million of which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities at June 30, 2007. In addition, we have incurred $23.2 million in one-time non-cash charges, including the write-off of $22.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million in other tangible and intangible assets, net of deferred fees.
 
On June 27, 2007, we issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.875% of senior convertible notes due 2027 (“Convertible Notes”).


39


Table of Contents

 
Item 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Executive Summary
 
We are the parent company of Dollar Financial Group, Inc., collectively referred to herein as OPCO, and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Historically, we have derived our revenues primarily from providing check cashing services, consumer lending and other consumer financial products and services, including money orders, money transfers and bill payment. For our check cashing services, we charge our customers fees that are usually equal to a percentage of the amount of the check being cashed and are deducted from the cash provided to the customer. For our consumer loans, we have historically received origination and servicing fees from the banks providing the loans or, where we fund our consumer loans directly, interest and fees on the loans. With respect to our We The People (“WTP”) franchised locations, we receive initial franchise fees upon the initial sale of a franchise. Processing fees from our franchisees are earned for processing customers’ legal documents.
 
All of our retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, issue single-payment consumer loans on the company-funded consumer loan model. We no longer offer any consumer lending products in our 16 Pennsylvania stores and we have implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at our six Texas stores under the terms of which, beginning in June 2006, we guarantee, originate and service loans for a non-bank lender that comply with Texas law. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of consumer loan products has not had a material effect on our operations. The lender in our CustomCash® domestic installment loan program, First Bank of Delaware, has been working to address certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program. First Bank advised us that, effective April 2007, it would no longer distribute our longer-term CustomCash® installment loans through third-party retail locations and instead will distribute such loans only through its own branch offices and the Internet. To date, we have not been authorized by First Bank to distribute the CustomCash® product over the Internet. Accordingly, we continue to transition our CustomCash® installment loan product customers to our company-funded short-term single payment loan.
 
On July 21, 2006, we used the $80.8 million net proceeds from the June 2006 follow-on offering of common stock to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of OPCO’s 9.75% senior notes due 2011, which we refer to as the Notes, pay $6.8 million in redemption premium, pay $1.3 million in accrued interest and used the remaining $2.6 million for working capital and general corporate purposes. On October 30, 2006, we announced the completion of the refinancing of OPCO’s existing credit facilities and entered into a new $475.0 million credit facility, which we refer to as the New Credit Agreement, and completed our cash tender offer and consent solicitation by OPCO for the Notes. We redeemed $198.0 million principal of the Notes and wrote off $7.2 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs related to this redemption. We also incurred a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $31.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
On October 31, 2006, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of 82 retail stores owned and operated by five existing National Money Mart Company franchisees, which we refer to as the Canadian Acquisition. The Canadian Acquisition was effected pursuant to five purchase agreements each dated October 31, 2006 by and among National Money Mart Company and the five existing National Money Mart Company franchisees, which we refer to as the Purchase Agreements. The total purchase price for the Canadian Acquisition was approximately $124.2 million in cash.
 
On November 12, 2006, we completed the acquisition of 23 financial services stores, predominantly located in Southwest Florida. The total purchase price for the acquisition was $28.6 million cash.
 
In December 2006, we completed cross-currency interest rate swap transactions which synthetically converted the $375.0 million U.S. dollar and Euro denominated foreign term loans into local currency denominated loans. These swap transactions also lowered the combined interest rate on the aggregate $375.0 million debt issuance to a blended fixed rate of 7.4% compared to the previously held Notes at a rate of 9.75%.


40


Table of Contents

Also, in December 2006, we announced our restructuring plan for our WTP business. Under the plan, we have closed our remaining twelve company-operated WTP stores. As a result of the restructuring initiatives, in the quarter ended December 31, 2006, we incurred $1.2 million for cash expenses related to the closure of the company-operated stores and other initiatives, $0.5 million of which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities at June 30, 2007. In addition, we have incurred $23.2 million in one-time non-cash charges including the write-off of $22.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million in other tangible and intangible assets, net of deferred fees.
 
On June 21, 2007, we entered into a purchase agreement relating to the sale of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes. Under the terms of the purchase agreement we also granted an option to purchase up to $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes to cover over-allotments. At closing on June 27, 2007, the initial purchasers exercised the over-allotment option in full.
 
Our expenses primarily relate to the operations of our store network, including salaries and benefits for our employees, occupancy expense for our leased real estate, depreciation of our assets and corporate and other expenses, including costs related to opening and closing stores.
 
In each foreign country in which we operate, local currency is used for both revenues and expenses. Therefore, we record the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our foreign net income.
 
In our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations, we refer to financial service stores and financial service franchises that were open for 24 consecutive months ending June 30, 2007 as comparable stores and franchises.
 
Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies
 
In the ordinary course of business, we have made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial condition in the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, loss reserves and intangible assets. We base these estimates on the information currently available to us and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:
 
Revenue Recognition
 
With respect to company-operated stores, revenues from our check cashing, money order sales, money transfer, bill payment services and other miscellaneous services reported in other revenues on our statement of operations are all recognized when the transactions are completed at the point-of-sale in the store.
 
With respect to our franchised locations, we recognize initial franchise fees upon fulfillment of all significant obligations to the franchisee. Royalties from franchisees are recognized as earned. The standard franchise agreements grant to the franchisee the right to develop and operate a store and use the associated trade names, trademarks, and service marks within the standards and guidelines that we established. As part of the franchise agreement, we provide certain pre-opening assistance including site selection and evaluation, design plans, operating manuals, software and training. After the franchised location has opened, we must also provide updates to the software, samples of certain advertising and promotional materials and other post-opening assistance that we determine is necessary. Initial franchise fees included in revenues were $1.1 million, $1.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Total franchise revenues were $7.1 million, $11.0 million and $7.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.


41


Table of Contents

For single-payment consumer loans that we make directly (company-funded loans), which have terms ranging from 1 to 37 days, revenues are recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees are recognized as an adjustment to the yield on the related loan. Our reserve policy regarding these loans is summarized below in “Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy.”
 
In addition to the single-payment consumer loans originated and funded by us, we also have historically had domestic relationships with two banks, County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware, or County Bank, and First Bank. Pursuant to these relationships, we marketed and serviced single-payment consumer loans domestically, which had terms ranging from 7 to 23 days, which were funded by the banks. The banks were responsible for the application review process and determining whether to approve an application and fund a loan. As a result, the banks’ loans were not recorded on our balance sheet. We earned a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that was paid by borrowers to the banks. In connection with our transition to the company-funded consumer loan model in June 2005, we terminated our relationship with County Bank and amended our relationship with First Bank. In the third quarter of fiscal 2006, First Bank announced that as of June 30, 2006, it would no longer originate single-payment consumer loans.
 
For domestic loans funded by First Bank, we recognized net servicing fee income ratably over the life of the related loan. In addition, First Bank established a target loss rate for the loans marketed and serviced by us and servicing fees payable to us were reduced by the amount the actual losses exceed this target loss rate. If actual losses were below the target loss rate, the difference was paid to us as an additional servicing fee.
 
During fiscal 2006, we began to market and service bank-funded consumer installment loans in the United States with terms of four months made by First Bank. We refer to this product as CustomCash®. For additional discussion, please see the section entitled “Consumer Lending”. First Bank was responsible for the application review process and for determining whether to approve an application and fund a loan. As a result, loans were not recorded on our balance sheet. We earned a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that was paid by a borrower to First Bank. The servicing fee was recognized ratably using the effective interest rate method. This fee was reduced by losses incurred by First Bank on such loans. We maintained a reserve for future servicing fee adjustments based on First Bank’s outstanding loan balance. This liability was $0.1 million at June 30, 2007 and $0.9 million at June 30, 2006 and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities. We discontinued offering the CustomCash® product in April, 2007.
 
If a First Bank installment loan borrower defaulted and the loan was not subsequently repaid, our servicing fee was reduced. We anticipated that we will collect a portion of the defaulted loans based on historical default rates, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. As a result, when a First Bank installment loan borrower defaulted, we established a servicing fee receivable and an allowance against this receivable based on factors described previously. The establishment of this allowance was charged against revenue during the period that the First Bank borrower initially defaulted on the loan. If a loan remains in a defaulted status for an extended period of time, an allowance for the entire amount of the servicing fee adjustments is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off. Collections recovered on First Bank’s defaulted loans are credited to the allowance in the period they are received. The servicing fee receivable, net of the allowance for servicing fees due from the bank, is reported on our balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables, net and was $0.5 million at June 30, 2007 and $1.2 million at June 30, 2006.
 
We serviced $65.5 million of loans for First Bank (primarily CustomCash® installment loans) during fiscal 2007 compared to $66.6 million single-payment loans during fiscal 2006. At June 30, 2007, there was $0.9 million in outstanding CustomCash® installment loans for First Bank and an aggregate of $7.9 million single-payment loans for First Bank at June 30, 2006.
 
Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy
 
We maintain a loan loss reserve for anticipated losses for single-payment consumer loans we make directly through our company-operated locations. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current loan loss reserve is based on our net write-offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the


42


Table of Contents

principal balance of outstanding loans that we make directly. As these conditions change, we may need to make additional allowances in future periods. As a result of our transition away from the domestic bank-funded consumer loan model to the company-funded consumer loan model, we expect our future domestic loan loss reserve will increase.
 
When a loan is originated, the customer receives the cash proceeds in exchange for a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate a charge to the customer’s bank account on the stated maturity date of the loan. If the check or the debit to the customer’s account is returned from the bank unpaid, the loan is placed in default status and an allowance for this defaulted loan receivable is established and charged against revenue in the period that the loan is placed in default status. This reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is charged against revenues. The receivable for defaulted single-payment loans, net of the allowance, is reported on our balance sheet in loans in default, net and was $10.3 million at June 30, 2007 and $4.3 at June 30, 2006.
 
Check Cashing Returned Item Policy
 
We charge operating expense for losses on returned checks during the period in which such checks are returned. Recoveries on returned checks are credited to operating expense during the period in which recovery is made. This direct method for recording returned check losses and recoveries eliminates the need for an allowance for returned checks. These net losses are charged to other store and regional expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
 
We account for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”). Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Intangible assets consist of territory rights, reacquired franchise rights and franchise agreements. Franchise agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the agreements which are generally 10 years. Territory rights are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and certain of them were expected to be available for sale when certain indemnification claims had been resolved. Reacquired franchise rights are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and are not amortized.
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. We perform the Company’s impairment tests utilizing the two steps as outlined in SFAS 142. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its carrying value, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill.
 
Intangibles with indefinite lives are reviewed for indicators of impairment as of June 30, and are tested annually or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge would be recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. Intangible assets with finite lives are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.
 
The fair value of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are estimated based upon a present value technique using discounted future cash flows. We use management business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. Assumptions in estimating future cash flows are subject to a high degree of judgment. We make every effort to forecast our future cash flows as accurately as possible at the time the forecast is developed. However, changes in assumptions and estimates may affect the implied fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and could result in additional impairment charges in future periods.
 
In December 2006, due to the inability to integrate the WTP business with our existing check cashing and payday lending store network along with the litigation surrounding the WTP business, we approved and


43


Table of Contents

implemented a restructuring plan for the WTP business, which had previously been included in our U.S. reporting unit. The restructuring plan included the closure of all of the company-owned WTP locations. It also included a focus on improving the performance and profitability of the document processing segment of the business by consolidating satellite processing centers and eliminating low volume products and related costs, while concentrating its sales effort, with respect to new WTP franchises, to a select group of targeted states. As a result of the restructuring and a reduced level of projected cash flows for the WTP business, we determined an indicator of impairment existed related to the WTP goodwill. We tested this goodwill for impairment as required under FAS 142. As a result of the impairment test, an impairment charge of approximately $22.5 million was recorded, representing all of the goodwill related to the WTP acquisition, as management determined that the WTP business was never integrated into the U.S. reporting unit as originally planned and the U.S. reporting unit never realized the planned benefits of the WTP acquisition.
 
We tested the remaining portion of the U.S. reporting unit for goodwill impairment and determined that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2006.
 
In addition, due to the restructuring, we performed an analysis to compare the estimated fair value of WTP’s territory rights to their carrying value. Because WTP plans to focus its sale of franchises to a select group of targeted states, which do not include those for which the territory rights relate, the carrying value of the asset was not recoverable. As a result, an impairment charge of $5.3 million was incurred.
 
We assess impairments of our intangible assets, with finite lives, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”). We periodically review the carrying value of our intangible assets with finite lives to test whether current events or circumstances indicate that such carrying value may not be recoverable. If the test indicates that the carrying value of the asset is greater than the expected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such asset, then an impairment adjustment should be recognized. Such adjustment consists of the amount by which the carrying value of such asset exceeds its fair value. We generally measure fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows from such assets and, accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from such estimates.
 
In December 2006, due to continued operating losses in the WTP business associated with franchisee-operated stores, franchise agreements were tested for recoverability, resulting in an impairment charge of approximately $0.5 million. See Note 13 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” for more detail.
 
As of June 30, 2007, we do not believe any impairment of goodwill and intangible assets exist. However, changes in business conditions may require future adjustments to asset valuations.
 
Income Taxes
 
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. An assessment is then made of the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance.


44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of total consolidated revenues for the following periods:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                       
Total revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    44.2 %     43.4 %     40.7 %
Consumer lending, net
    42.4 %     40.2 %     44.3 %
Money transfers
    5.1 %     5.2 %     5.1 %
Other
    8.3 %     11.2 %     9.9 %
                         
Total revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
U.S. revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    16.0 %     14.7 %     11.8 %
Consumer lending, net
    20.8 %     14.0 %     12.5 %
Money transfers
    1.5 %     1.4 %     1.1 %
Other
    2.2 %     4.0 %     2.3 %
                         
Total U.S. revenues
    40.5 %     34.1 %     27.7 %
Canadian revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    15.0 %     15.9 %     16.3 %
Consumer lending, net
    14.7 %     18.5 %     23.5 %
Money transfers
    2.3 %     2.5 %     2.8 %
Other
    5.1 %     6.0 %     5.9 %
                         
Total Canadian revenues
    37.1 %     42.9 %     48.5 %
United Kingdom revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    13.2 %     12.8 %     12.6 %
Consumer lending, net
    6.9 %     7.7 %     8.3 %
Money transfers
    1.3 %     1.3 %     1.2 %
Other
    1.0 %     1.2 %     1.7 %
                         
Total United Kingdom revenues
    22.4 %     23.0 %     23.8 %
Store and regional expenses:
                       
Salaries and benefits
    31.5 %     32.5 %     31.6 %
Occupancy
    7.9 %     8.5 %     7.9 %
Depreciation
    2.5 %     2.4 %     2.3 %
Other
    21.4 %     21.0 %     20.4 %
                         
Total store and regional expenses
    63.3 %     64.4 %     62.2 %
Store and regional expense margin
    36.7 %     35.6 %     37.8 %
Corporate expenses
    13.1 %     12.7 %     13.1 %
Other depreciation and amortization
    1.3 %     1.1 %     0.8 %
Interest expense, net of interest income
    11.6 %     9.0 %     7.7 %
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    2.8 %     0.0 %     7.8 %
Goodwill impairment and other charges
    0.0 %     0.0 %     5.9 %
Mark to market — term loan
    0.0 %     0.0 %     1.8 %
Reserve for (proceeds from) litigation settlements
    0.0 %     1.8 %     (0.8 )%
Termination of management services agreement
    0.9 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Other
    0.3 %     0.5 %     0.2 %
                         
Income before income taxes
    6.7 %     10.5 %     1.3 %
Income tax provision
    6.8 %     8.4 %     9.2 %
                         
Net (loss) income
    (0.1 )%     2.1 %     (7.9 )%
                         


45


Table of Contents

Year Ended June 30, 2007 Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2006
 
Revenues.  Total revenues were $409.9 million for fiscal 2007 compared to $328.5 million for fiscal 2006, an increase of $81.4 million or 24.8%. Comparable retail store and franchised store revenues for the entire period increased $31.6 million or 10.3%. New store openings accounted for an increase of $12.8 million, new store acquisitions accounted for an increase of $45.3 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $3.9 million in revenues related to the We The People business and $2.6 million in revenues from closed stores.
 
Currency rates in the U.K. accounted for $6.6 million of the increase in fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006. This was offset by currency rates in Canada of $2.8 million in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006. On a constant currency basis, revenues in the United Kingdom for the entire period increased by $15.1 million primarily related to revenues from check cashing and consumer loan products. Revenues from our Canadian subsidiary for fiscal 2007 increased $61.2 million on a constant currency basis. The growth in our Canadian operations is due to a $38.1 million increase from consumer loan products as a result of a criteria change and pricing adjustments in the third quarter of fiscal 2007 and an overall increase in our Canadian customer average outstanding balance. In addition, Canadian check cashing revenue increased $13.2 million during fiscal 2007, as compared to fiscal 2006. Additional revenue generated by the 82 Canadian stores acquired in late October 2006 was $37.0 million. Revenues from franchise fees and royalties decreased by $4.0 million primarily due to the acquisitions of franchise stores.
 
Store and Regional Expenses.  Store and regional expenses were $255.1 million for fiscal 2007 compared to $211.6 million for fiscal 2006, an increase of $43.5 million or 20.5%. Currency rates in the U.K. attributed to $4.0 million of the increase in the fiscal year as compared to fiscal 2006. New store openings accounted for an increase of $11.7 million and store acquisitions accounted for an increase of $20.3 million while comparable retail store and franchise store expenses for the entire period increased $30.3 million. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease of $5.0 million due primarily to the closure of all of our company-owned WTP stores, $0.9 million due to our discontinued services as a marketing and servicing agent for consumer loans that were fulfilled through document transmitter locations and $2.0 million from closed stores. For fiscal 2007, total store and regional expenses decreased to 62.2% of total revenues compared to 64.4% of total revenues for fiscal year 2006. On a constant currency basis, store and regional expenses increased $31.4 million in Canada, $11.3 million in the United Kingdom and decreased $3.1 million in the United States. The increase in Canada was primarily due to increases in salaries, occupancy expenses, returned checks and cash shortages, professional fees and store maintenance expenses all of which are commensurate with the overall growth in Canadian revenues, in addition to the incremental increase related to the 82 store acquisition in Canada in late October 2006. Similarly, in the United Kingdom, the increase is primarily related to increases in salaries, returned checks and cash shortages, occupancy and other costs commensurate with the growth in that country.
 
Corporate Expenses.  Corporate expenses were $53.6 million for fiscal 2007 compared to $41.8 million for fiscal 2006, an increase of $11.8 million or 28.3%. The increase is primarily due to additional compensation and other costs associated with the substantial growth of our international operations, as well as additional positions to support and manage the continued rapid expansion of the global store base and breadth of product offerings.
 
Other Depreciation and Amortization.  Other depreciation and amortization expenses remained relatively unchanged and were $3.4 million for fiscal 2007 and $3.7 million for fiscal 2006.
 
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.  Loss on extinguishment of debt was $31.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2007. There was no loss on extinguishment of debt for the same period in the prior fiscal year.


46


Table of Contents

On June 16, 2006, we announced the pricing of an underwritten follow-on offering of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at $16.65 per share. On June 21, 2006, we received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this follow-on offering, which on July 21, 2006 were used to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of our outstanding Notes. On October 30, 2006, we completed the refinancing of our existing credit facilities and entered into the New Credit Agreement. In connection with the redemption of the $198.0 million outstanding principal amount of our Notes, we incurred a loss on the extinguishment of debt. For the year ended June 30, 2007, the loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows (in millions):
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    June 30,
 
    2007  
 
Call Premium
  $ 6.8  
Tender premium
    17.6  
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
    8.8  
Write-off of original issue premium
    (1.4 )
         
Total
  $ 31.8  
         
 
Reserve for (Proceeds from) Legal Settlement.  Proceeds from legal settlements for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $3.3 million as compared to a $5.8 million reserve for litigation settlement for the year ended June 30, 2006
 
On October 21, 2005, the Company filed an action against IDLD, Inc., Ira Distenfield and Linda Distenfield, which we refer to collectively as the IDLD Parties, alleging that the sellers of the WTP USA business deliberately concealed certain franchise sales from us. We also asserted breaches of representations and warranties made by the sellers with respect to undisclosed liabilities and other matters arising out of the acquisition. In December 2006, we settled the matter with all of the IDLD Parties and as a result we received all of the funds, approximately $3.3 million, which had been held in escrow from the acquisition.
 
Goodwill Impairment and Other Charges.  We incurred $24.3 million in goodwill impairment and other charges during the year ended June 30, 2007. No such charges were incurred during the same period in the prior fiscal year.
 
In December 2006, we announced a restructuring plan for the WTP business unit. As a result of the restructuring initiatives, in the year ended June 30, 2007, we have incurred $1.2 million for cash expenses related to the closure of the company-operated stores and other initiatives, $0.5 million of which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities at June 30, 2007. In addition, we incurred $23.2 million in one-time non-cash charges including the write-off of $22.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million in other tangible and intangible assets, net of deferred fees.
 
Mark to Market — Term Loans.  We incurred $7.6 million of charges in the year ended June 30, 2007 due to foreign currency translation adjustments related to our subsidiaries foreign debt which is denominated in currencies other than their local currency, during the transition period until we completed cross currency interest rate swaps which synthetically converted the foreign debt into the local currency of each country.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $31.5 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $29.7 million in fiscal 2006. In July 2006, we used the proceeds from the June 2006 follow-on common stock offering to retire $70.0 million of outstanding principal of our 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”). Furthermore, in September 2006 we commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of the remaining $200 million aggregate principal amount of our Notes. The total principal amount of the Notes tendered was $198.0 million. On October 30, 2006, we completed the refinancing of our existing credit facilities and entered into a New Credit Agreement which consisted of $375.0 million six year term loans held by our foreign subsidiaries, a $75.0 million revolving credit facility in the U.S. and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility in Canada. As a result of the higher outstanding long term debt during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, interest expense increased $4.4 million compared to the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. In addition, higher borrowings under the revolving credit facilities in the U.S. and Canada accounted for a $1.4 million increase. Offsetting these increases was the overall lower blended interest rate in the new facility compared to the prior year which


47


Table of Contents

accounted for a decrease of $3.9 million during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 over the same period in the prior year.
 
Income Tax Provision.  The provision for income taxes was $37.7 million for fiscal 2007 compared to a provision of $27.5 million for fiscal 2006. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% due to foreign taxes, permanent differences and a valuation allowance against U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets. Our effective income tax rate was 682.1% for fiscal 2007 and 79.8% for fiscal 2006. The principal reason for the significant difference in the effective tax rates between periods is the $31.8 million U.S. loss on the extinguishment of debt, the Canadian foreign currency mark-to-market loss sustained in connection with its term loan, and the $5.9 million withholding tax recorded in connection with dividends received from Canada, each recorded in the year ended June 30, 2007. Additionally, in addition to the current year taxable loss, $9.0 million of prior year’s net operating losses (NOL’s) and foreign tax credits were utilized to eliminate U.S. tax on the foreign dividends from Canada and the United Kingdom. The use of the NOL’s resulted in a $3.1 million corresponding reduction in the U.S. valuation allowance. These differences necessitated an increase in the valuation allowance resulting in an increase in the effective tax rate for the twelve month periods ending June 30, 2007. At June 30, 2007 we maintained deferred tax assets of $98.6 million which is offset by a valuation allowance of $94.0 million of which $46.5 million was provided for in fiscal 2007. The $98.6 in deferred tax assets consists of $54.0 million related to net operating losses and the reversal of temporary differences, $38.7 million related to foreign tax credits and $5.9 million in foreign deferred tax assets. At June 30, 2007, U.S. deferred tax assets related to net operating losses and the reversal of temporary differences were reduced by a valuation allowance of $54.0 million, which reflects a reduction of $3.1 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 resulting from the utilization of net operating losses to help eliminate U.S. tax on taxable dividends from Canada and the UK during the second quarter. We believe that our ability to utilize net operating losses in a given year will be limited to $8.9 million under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which we refer to as the Code, because of changes of ownership resulting from our June 2006 follow-on equity offering. In addition, any future debt or equity transactions may reduce our net operating losses or further limit our ability to utilize the net operating losses under the Code. The deferred tax asset related to excess foreign tax credits is also fully offset by a valuation allowance of $38.6 million. Additionally, we maintain foreign deferred tax assets in the amount of $5.9 million. Of this amount $1.4 million was recorded by our Canadian affiliate during fiscal 2007 related to a foreign currency loss sustained in connection with the hedge of its term loan. This deferred tax asset was offset by a full valuation allowance of $1.4 million since the foreign currency loss is capital in nature and at this time we have not identified any potential for capital gains against which to offset the loss.
 
Year Ended June 30, 2006 Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2005
 
Revenues.  Total revenues were $328.5 million for fiscal 2006 compared to $291.6 million for fiscal 2005, an increase of $36.9 million or 12.7%. Comparable retail store and franchised store revenues for the entire period increased $24.0 million or 8.7%. New store openings accounted for an increase of $8.6 million, new store acquisitions accounted for an increase of $8.0 million and the acquisition of We The People accounted for an increase of $5.3 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $5.5 million in revenues due to our discontinued services as a marketing and servicing agent for consumer loans that were fulfilled through document transmitter locations and $2.7 million in revenues from closed stores.
 
Favorable currency rates in Canada attributed to $8.1 million of the increase in fiscal year 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. This was offset by unfavorable currency rates in the U.K of $2.8 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. On a constant currency basis, revenues in the United Kingdom for the entire period increased by $13.2 million primarily related to revenues from check cashing and consumer loan products. Revenues from our Canadian subsidiary for fiscal 2006 increased $24.3 million in addition to the currency benefit. The growth in our Canadian operations is due to a $14.8 million increase from consumer loan products as a result of a criteria change and pricing adjustments in the second quarter of fiscal 2006 and an overall increase in our Canadian customer average outstanding balance. In addition, Canadian check cashing revenue increased $5.1 million during fiscal 2006, as compared to fiscal 2005. Additional revenue generated by the eleven newly acquired Canadian stores on March 9, 2006 was $2.5 million. Revenues from


48


Table of Contents

franchise fees and royalties increased by $3.8 million primarily due to the franchise fees earned from the We The People business operations.
 
Store and Regional Expenses.  Store and regional expenses were $211.6 million for fiscal 2006 compared to $184.5 million for fiscal 2005, an increase of $27.1 million or 14.7%. Favorable currency rates in Canada attributed to $4.1 million of the increase in the fiscal year as compared to fiscal 2005. This was partially offset by unfavorable currency rates in the U.K. of $1.6 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. New store openings accounted for an increase of $6.8 million and store acquisitions accounted for an increase of $15.1 million while comparable retail store and franchise store expenses for the entire period increased $15.0 million. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease of $4.9 million due to our discontinued services as a marketing and servicing agent for consumer loans that were fulfilled through document transmitter locations and $1.8 million from closed stores. For fiscal 2006, total store and regional expenses increased to 64.4% of total revenues compared to 63.3% of total revenues for fiscal year 2005. On a consistent currency basis, store and regional expenses increased $7.8 million in Canada, $8.6 million in the United Kingdom and $8.2 million in the United States. The increase in Canada was primarily due to increases in salaries, advertising and occupancy expenses, all of which are commensurate with the overall growth in Canadian revenues. Similarly, in the United Kingdom, the increase is primarily related to increases in salaries, returned checks and cash shortages, occupancy and other costs commensurate with the growth in that country. In the U.S., the increase is primarily due to the incremental costs associated with the acquisition of We The People stores, consisting primarily of salaries, occupancy and other costs.
 
Corporate Expenses.  Corporate expenses were $41.8 million for fiscal 2006 compared to $38.3 million for fiscal 2005, an increase of $3.5 million or 9.2%. The impact of foreign currencies accounted for $0.7 million of the increase. The remaining increase is primarily due to additional compensation and other costs associated with the substantial growth of our international operations, as well as additional positions to support and manage the continued rapid expansion of the global store base and breadth of product offerings. In addition, we incurred additional legal costs in fiscal 2006 associated with the Canadian class action litigation and the long-standing California wage-and hour litigation, which has been settled”.
 
Other Depreciation and Amortization.  Other depreciation and amortization expenses remained relatively unchanged and were $3.7 million for fiscal 2006 and $3.8 million for fiscal 2005.
 
Management Fees.  There was no management fee for fiscal 2006, compared to $0.6 million for fiscal 2005. In conjunction with our initial public offering on January 28, 2005, we authorized the payment of a $2.5 million fee to terminate a management services agreement among us, OPCO and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. Subsequent to that date, we are no longer obligated to accrue or pay management fees to Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
 
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.  There was no loss on extinguishment of debt during fiscal 2006 compared to $8.1 million in fiscal 2005.
 
On January 7, 2005, OPCO distributed $3.6 million to the Company to redeem approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012.
 
On January 28, 2005, the Company announced the pricing of the initial public offering of 7,500,000 shares of its common stock at $16.00 per share. We received $109.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering, which were used to redeem the full outstanding principal and accrued interest on our 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012 and 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. The remaining proceeds were used to terminate a management services agreement between OPCO and a third party and to use for working capital and general corporate purposes.


49


Table of Contents

The loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows ($ in millions):
 
         
    2005  
 
Call premium
       
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
  $ 4.90  
Write-off of original issue discount, net 
       
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
    1.50  
Dollar Financial Corp. 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes
    1.50  
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
    0.20  
         
    $ 8.10  
         
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $29.7 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $33.9 million in fiscal 2005, a decrease of $4.2 million, or 12.3%. On February 2, 2005, we used the majority of the proceeds from our initial public offering to redeem all of our 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012. As a result, interest expense related to these notes declined $7.8 million during fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. Offsetting this decline was an increase of $2.9 million related to the interest on the additional offering of $30 million principal amount of our Notes on June 23, 2005 and an increase of $0.6 million related to a higher outstanding revolving credit facility balance for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 compared to the same period in the prior year.
 
Income Tax Provision.  The provision for income taxes was $27.5 million for fiscal 2006 compared to a provision of $20.0 million for fiscal 2005. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% due to foreign taxes, permanent differences and a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. Our effective income tax rate was 79.8% for fiscal 2006 and 101.9% for fiscal 2005. The principal reason for the significant difference in the effective tax rates between periods is the $8.1 million U.S. loss on the extinguishment of debt and the $2.5 million cost to terminate a management services agreement, both recorded in the year ended June 30, 2005. The accrual of $5.8 million for the settlement of a portion of the California class action litigation increased the U.S. loss for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. These differences necessitated an increase in the valuation allowance resulting in an increase in the effective tax rate for the twelve month periods ending June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005. Any tax benefit for U.S. losses are presently reduced by a valuation allowance because realization of this deferred tax asset is not assured. Due to the restructuring of our debt in fiscal 2004, significant deferred tax assets were generated and recorded in accordance with SFAS 109. Because realization is not assured, all United States deferred tax assets recorded were reduced by a valuation allowance of $47.5 million at June 30, 2006 of which $10.1 million was provided for fiscal 2006. We believe that our ability to utilize net operating losses in a given year will be limited to $8.9 million under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code because of changes of ownership resulting from our June 2006 equity offering. In addition, any future debt or equity transactions may reduce our net operating losses or further limit our ability to utilize the net operating losses under Section 382 of the Code.
 
Seasonality
 
Our business is seasonal due to the impact of several tax-related services, including cashing tax refund checks, making electronic tax filings and processing applications of refund anticipation loans. Historically, we have generally experienced our highest revenues and earnings during our third fiscal quarter ending March 31, when revenues from these tax-related services peak. Due to the seasonality of our business, results of operations for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be achieved for the full fiscal year. In addition, quarterly results of operations depend significantly upon the timing and amount of revenues and expenses associated with the addition of new stores.


50


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Variations
 
June 30, 2007 Compared to June 30, 2006.
 
Cash and cash equivalents increased to $294.5 million at June 30, 2007 from $120.2 million at June 30, 2006. The increase is due primarily to excess cash from the Company’s Convertible Notes offering as well as funding operating cash requirements for additional stores added during fiscal 2007. In addition, cash and cash equivalent balances fluctuate significantly as a result of seasonal, monthly, and day-to-day requirements for funding check cashing, consumer lending and other operating activities.
 
Restricted cash was $1.0 million at June 30, 2007, compared to $80.8 million at June 30, 2006. The $80.8 million at June 30, 2006 was a result of cash proceeds from our follow-on offering of our common stock in June 2006. The cash proceeds were used on July 21, 2006 for the redemption of $71.3 million principal and accrued interest on our outstanding Notes and the related redemption premium. At June 30, 2007, the restricted cash reflected cash held in escrow related to the Money Corner acquisition completed in the quarter ended December 31, 2006.
 
Loans receivable, net increased to $81.9 million at June 30, 2007 from $53.6 million at June 30, 2006. The increase is attributable to growth in the international portfolios for both unsecured short-term consumer loans and longer-term installment loans, as well as increased company-funded consumer loans resulting from the transition from the bank-funded model to the company-funded model in the U.S. This is offset by the increase in the allowance for loan losses due to the growth of the loan portfolio.
 
Loans in default, net of an allowance increased to $10.3 million at June 30, 2007 from $4.3 million at June 30, 2006 due primarily as a result of the growth in the international loan portfolios.
 
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance increased $4.3 million, from $0.2 million at June 30, 2006 to $4.5 million at June 30, 2007. The increase is due primarily to the tax effect of the fair market value of the derivatives related to the cross-currency swaps used to hedge against the change in value of our U.K. and Canadian term loans that are denominated in a currency other than OPCO’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency. In addition, the increase is due to additional temporary differences in the U.S. as well as the foreign tax credit carryforward.
 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation increased $14.4 million from $40.6 million at June 30, 2006 to $55.0 million at June 30, 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to new furniture and fixture additions and leasehold improvements in relation to new stores, acquired stores, store relocations and existing store refurbishments in our domestic and foreign operations. The increase is also attributable to the impact of the exchange rates in our foreign subsidiaries.
 
Goodwill and other intangibles increased $123.1 million, from $218.6 million at June 30, 2006 to $341.7 million at June 30, 2007 due to acquisitions of $137.3 million and foreign currency translation adjustments of $14.3 million; offset by $28.5 million in impairment of goodwill and other intangibles related to the reorganization of the WTP business unit.
 
Accounts payable increased $16.4 million from $23.4 million at June 30, 2006 to $39.8 million at June 30, 2007 primarily due to the timing of settlements with third-party vendors and our franchisees.
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities increased to $46.9 million at June 30, 2007 from $39.9 million at June 30, 2006 due primarily to the fair market value of the derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges offset by the write-off of deferred revenue related to the reorganization of the WTP business unit and the $5.8 million settlement distribution related to the Woods, Castillo and Williams cases.
 
The deferred tax liability increased $8.2 million from $4.5 million at June 30, 2006 to $12.7 million at June 30, 2007 as a result of increases in permanent tax differences resulting from increases in goodwill due to acquisitions and the tax effect of the mark to market adjustment of our Canadian and U.K. term loans that are denominated in a currency other than OPCO’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency.
 
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt increased $265.9 million from $311.0 million at June 30, 2006 to $576.9 million at June 30, 2007. The increase is due primarily to the refinancing of the existing credit


51


Table of Contents

facility, which consists of the Canadian Term Facility of US$292.8 million and the UK Term Facility, an aggregate amount of US$82.0 million, in addition to the borrowing in June 2007 of $200 million for the Convertible Notes. This was offset by the retirement of $268.0 million of our outstanding 9.75% Notes on July 21, 2006 and the pay down of our revolver.
 
Total shareholders’ equity decreased to $146.0 million at June 30, 2007 from $162.0 million at June 30, 2006 primarily as a result of a net loss of $31.3 million offset by the exercising of stock options as well as foreign currency translation and cash flow hedge adjustments in other comprehensive income.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our principal sources of cash are from operations, borrowings under our credit facilities and the issuance of our common stock. We anticipate that our primary uses of cash will be to provide working capital, finance capital expenditures, meet debt service requirements, fund company originated short-term consumer loans, finance store expansion, finance acquisitions, and finance the expansion of our products and services.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $22.2 million in fiscal 2005, $22.4 million in fiscal 2006 and $31.3 million in fiscal 2007. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 was primarily a result of improved operating results offset in part by additional cash used for company-funded consumer loans due to the transition from the bank-funded model to the company-funded model. The increase in net cash provided from operating activities from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 was primarily a result of improved operating results.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $44.8 million in fiscal 2005, $39.4 million in fiscal 2006 and $170.7 million in fiscal 2007. Our investing activities primarily relate to purchases of property and equipment for our stores, investments in technology and acquisitions. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 we made capital expenditures of $14.9 million and completed acquisitions of $30.0 million compared to capital expenditures of $15.9 million and acquisitions of $23.5 million in fiscal 2006. The actual amount of capital expenditures each year will depend in part upon the number of new stores opened or acquired and the number of stores remodeled. The increase in cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2007 is primarily related to the second quarter acquisition of 82 financial services stores in Canada and 23 financial services stores in southwest Florida. During fiscal 2007, we made capital expenditures of $19.4 million and acquisitions of $151.2 million.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $43.2 million in fiscal 2005, $39.7 million in fiscal 2006 and $307.4 million in fiscal 2007. The cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2007 was primarily a result of an increase in our long term debt in order to refinance our previously existing Notes and complete the two aforementioned acquisitions. Also adding to the increase is our Convertible Notes which we plan to use to fund future acquisitions. The increase in fiscal 2006 was primarily a result of the $39.0 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility associated with the aforementioned acquisitions.
 
New Credit Facilities.  On October 30, 2006, we completed the refinancing of our existing credit facilities and entered into the New Credit Agreement. The New Credit Agreement is comprised of the following: (i) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of US$75.0 million, which we refer to as the U.S. Revolving Facility, with OPCO as the borrower; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility with an aggregate amount of USD295.0 million, which we refer to as the Canadian Term Facility. with National Money Mart Company, a wholly-owned Canadian indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower; (iii) a senior secured term loan facility with Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, a wholly-owned U.K. indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower, in an aggregate amount of US$80.0 million (consisting of a USD40.0 million tranche of term loans and another tranche of term loans equivalent to US$40.0 million denominated in Euros), which we refer to as the UK Term Facility, and (iv) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of USD25.0 million, which we refer to as the Canadian Revolving Facility, with National Money Mart Company as the borrower. While the term loans contain variable interest rates, in December we entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge against the change in value of the term loans dominated in a currency other than our foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency and to fix the rate on the term loans entered


52


Table of Contents

into by each foreign subsidiary. The blended aggregate fixed interest rate over the life of the term loans as a result of the cross-currency interest rate swaps is 7.4%.
 
In April 2007, we entered into an amendment and restatement of the New Credit Agreement to, among other things, change the currency of the Canadian Revolving Facility to Canadian dollars, make corresponding modifications to the interest rates applicable and permit secured debt in the United Kingdom not to exceed £GBP5.0 million. On June 20, 2007, we entered into a second amendment of the New Credit Agreement to, among other things, permit the issuance of up to $200 million of unsecured senior convertible debt (see discussion below), make changes to financial covenants and other covenants in connection with the issuance of such debt and to increase the amount of acquisitions permitted under the New Credit Agreement.
 
Revolving Credit Facilities.  We have two revolving credit facilities: the U.S. Revolving Facility and the Canadian Revolving Facility, both components of the New Credit Agreement:
 
United States Revolving Credit Facility.  OPCO is the borrower under the U.S. Revolving Facility which has an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points, subject to reductions as we reduce our leverage. Under this revolving facility, up to $30.0 million may be used domestically in connection with letters of credit. The facility terminates on October 30, 2011. The facility may be subject to mandatory reduction and the revolving loans subject to mandatory prepayment (after prepayment of the terms loans under the New Credit Agreement), principally in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the New Credit Agreement). OPCO’s borrowing capacity under the U.S. Revolving Facility is limited to the lesser of the total commitment of $75.0 million or 85% of certain domestic liquid assets plus $30.0 million. At June 30, 2007, the borrowing capacity was $75.0 million. At June 30, 2007 there was nothing outstanding under the U.S. Revolving Facility and $0.8 million outstanding in letters of credit issued by Wells Fargo Bank, which guarantee the performance of certain of our contractual obligations.
 
Canadian Revolving Credit Facility.  National Money Mart Company, OPCO’s wholly owned indirect Canadian subsidiary, is the borrower under the Canadian Revolving Facility which has an interest rate of CDOR plus 300 basis points, subject to reductions as we reduce our leverage. The facility terminates on October 30, 2011. The facility may be subject to mandatory reduction and the revolving loans subject to mandatory prepayment (after prepayment of the term loans under the New Credit Agreement), principally in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the New Credit Agreement). National Money Mart Company’s borrowing capacity under the Canadian Revolving Facility is limited to the lesser of the total commitment of CAD$28.5 million or 85% of certain combined liquid assets of National Money Mart Company and Dollar Financial U.K. Limited and their respective subsidiaries. At June 30, 2007, the borrowing capacity was CAD$28.5 million. There was no outstanding indebtedness under the Canadian facility at June 30, 2007.
 
Long-Term Debt.  As of June 30, 2007, long term debt consisted of $2.0 million principal amount of the 9.75% senior notes, $200.0 million principal amount of Convertible Notes and $375.2 million in term loans due October 30, 2012 under the New Credit Agreement. On September 14, 2006, OPCO commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of its outstanding $200.0 million aggregate principal amount Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in its Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated September 14, 2006 and the related Consent and Letter of Transmittal. In connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, OPCO received the requisite consents from holders of the Notes to approve certain amendments to the indenture, which we refer to as Amendments, under which the Notes were issued. The Amendments eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default and became operative and binding on the holders of the Notes as of October 30, 2006, in connection with the closing of the credit facilities as described above and the acceptance of Notes tendered pursuant to the tender offer. The total principal amount of the Notes tendered was $198.0 million.
 
Operating Leases.  Operating leases are scheduled payments on existing store and other administrative leases. These leases typically have initial terms of 5 years and may contain provisions for renewal options, additional rental charges based on revenue and payment of real estate taxes and common area charges.


53


Table of Contents

We entered into the commitments described above and other contractual obligations in the normal course of business as a source of funds for asset growth and asset/liability management and to meet required capital needs. Our principal future obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2007, excluding periodic interest payments, included the following:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less
    1 - 3
    4 - 5
    More
 
    Total     Than 1 Year     Years     Years     Than 5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revolving credit facilities:
  $     $     $     $     $  
Long-term debt obligations:
                                       
9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
    1,985                   1,985        
Term loans due 2012
    374,741       3,750       7,500       7,500       355,991  
2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027
    200,000                         200,000  
Operating lease obligations
    128,155       30,155       47,470       25,145       25,385  
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the registrants balance sheet under GAAP
    184       184                    
                                         
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 705,065     $ 34,089     $ 54,970     $ 34,630     $ 581,376  
                                         
 
We believe that, based on current levels of operations and anticipated improvements in operating results, cash flows from operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities will allow us to fund our liquidity and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future, including payment of interest and principal on our indebtedness. This belief is based upon our historical growth rate and the anticipated benefits we expect from operating efficiencies. We expect additional revenue growth to be generated by increased check cashing revenues, growth in the consumer lending business, the maturity of recently opened stores and the continued expansion of new stores. We also expect operating expenses to increase, although the rate of increase is expected to be less than the rate of revenue growth for existing stores. Furthermore, we do not believe that additional acquisitions or expansion are necessary to cover our fixed expenses, including debt service.
 
Impact of Inflation
 
We do not believe that inflation has a material impact on our earnings from operations.
 
Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncement
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (FIN 48), to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognized threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 requires that a “more-likely-than-not” threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. It requires that the new standard be applied to the balances of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the period of adoption and that a corresponding adjustment be made to the opening balance of retained earnings. FIN 48 will be effective for us beginning July 1, 2007. We do not believe the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on the financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued SAB No. 108, which provides guidance on the process of the quantifying financial statement misstatements. In SAB No. 108, the SEC staff establishes an approach that requires quantification of financial statement errors, under both the iron-curtain and the roll-over methods, based on the effects of the error on each of the Company’s financial statements and the related financial statement disclosure. SAB No. 108 is generally effective for annual financial statements in the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The transition provisions of SAB No. 108 permits existing public companies to record the cumulative effect in the first year ending after


54


Table of Contents

November 15, 2006 by recording correcting adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the year with the offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. The adoption of SAB No. 108 has no material effect on our financial statements.
 
In September 2006, FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“FAS 157”), which address how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measurement for recognition or disclosure purposes under generally accepted accounting principles. As a result of FAS 157, there is now a common definition of fair value to be used throughout U.S. GAAP. This new standard will make the measurement for fair value more consistent and comparable and improve disclosures about those measures. The statement does not require any new fair value measurement but will result in increased disclosures. This interpretation is effective for us beginning July 1, 2008.
 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“FAS 159”). This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions in FAS 159 are elective; however, the amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The fair value option established by FAS 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. FAS 159 is effective for us beginning July 1, 2008.
 
Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Generally
 
In the operations of our subsidiaries and the reporting of our consolidated financial results, we are affected by changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. The principal risks of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices to which we and our subsidiaries are exposed relate to:
 
  •  interest rates on debt; and
 
  •  foreign exchange rates generating translation gains and losses.
 
We and our subsidiaries have no market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes, as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or “GAAP”. Information contained in this section relates only to instruments entered into for purposes other than trading.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our outstanding indebtedness, and related interest rate risk, is managed centrally by our finance department by implementing the financing strategies approved by our Board of Directors. While our revolving credit facilities carry variable rates of interest, the majority of our debt consists primarily of floating rate term loans which have been synthetically converted to the equivalent of a fixed rate basis. Because most of our average outstanding indebtedness carries a synthetic fixed rate of interest, a change in interest rates is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See the section entitled “Cross Currency Interest Rate Swaps”.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
 
Operations in the United Kingdom and Canada have exposed us to shifts in currency valuations. From time to time, we may elect to purchase put options in order to protect earnings in the United Kingdom and Canada against foreign currency fluctuations. Out of the money put options may be purchased because they cost less than completely averting risk, and the maximum downside is limited to the difference between the strike price and exchange rate at the date of purchase and the price of the contracts. At June 30, 2007, we held put options with an aggregate notional value of C$ 54.0 million and GBP 5.4 million to protect the currency exposure in Canada and the United Kingdom through December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, respectively. We use purchased options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted


55


Table of Contents

earnings denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. Our put options have a duration of less than twelve months. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in corporate expenses on the statement of operations. For options designated as hedges, hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. As of June 30, 2007 no amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. There was no ineffectiveness in our cash flow hedges for the year ended June 30, 2007. As of June 30, 2007, amounts related to put options qualifying as cash flow hedges amounted to a reduction of shareholders’ equity of $0.3 million net of tax, all of which is expected to be transferred to earnings in fiscal 2008 along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions. The fair market value at June 30, 2007 was $21 thousand and is included in prepaid expenses on the balance sheet.
 
Canadian operations accounted for approximately 1044.1% of consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2007, and 160.3% of consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2006. United Kingdom operations accounted for approximately 321.9% of consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2007 and approximately 36.3% of consolidated income before income taxes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. As currency exchange rates change, translation of the financial results of the Canadian and United Kingdom operations into United States dollars will be impacted. Changes in exchange rates have resulted in cumulative translation adjustments increasing our net assets by $37.6 million. These gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income.
 
We estimate that a 10.0% change in foreign exchange rates by itself would have impacted reported pre-tax earnings from continuing operations by approximately $7.6 million for fiscal 2007 and $6.8 million for 2006. This impact represents nearly 136.6% of our consolidated pre-tax earnings for fiscal 2007 and 19.7% of our consolidated pre-tax earnings for fiscal 2006. The above figures do not reflect the impact of hedging activities designed to mitigate foreign exchange currency risks.
 
Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swaps
 
In December 2006, we entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge against the changes in cash flows of our U.K. and Canadian term loans denominated in a currency other than our foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency.
 
In December 2006, our U.K subsidiary, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap with a notional amount of GBP 21.3 million that matures in October 2012. Under the terms of this swap, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited pays GBP at a rate of 8.45% per annum and Dollar Financial U.K. Limited receives a rate of the three-month EURIBOR plus 3.00% per annum on EUR 31.5 million. In December 2006, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited also entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap with a notional amount of GBP 20.4 million that matures in October 2012. Under the terms of this cross-currency interest rate swap, we pay GBP at a rate of 8.36% per annum and we receive a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 3.00% per annum on US$40.0 million.
 
In December 2006, our Canadian subsidiary, National Money Mart Company, entered into swaps with aggregate notional amounts of C$339.9 million that mature in October 2012. Under the terms of the swaps, National Money Mart Company pays Canadian dollars at a blended rate of 7.12% per annum and National Money Mart Company receives a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum on $295.0 million.
 
On a quarterly basis, the swap agreements call for the exchange of 0.25% of the original notional amounts. Upon maturity, these cross-currency interest rate swap agreements call for the exchange of the remaining notional amounts. We have designated these derivative contracts as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. We record foreign exchange re-measurement gains and losses related to these contracts and term loans, which are offsetting, in each period in corporate expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Because these derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges, we record the effective portion of the net, after tax gain or loss in other comprehensive income and they are reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged transaction affects earnings. There was no ineffectiveness recorded related to these cash flow hedges for the year ended June 30, 2007.


56


Table of Contents

 
Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
 
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO Framework). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls.
 
Based on this assessment, management has concluded that as of June 30, 2007, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, which audited our financial statements included in this report, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007. Their report is included herein.
 
     
/s/ Jeffrey A. Weiss
  /s/ Donald Gayhardt
     
Jeffrey A. Weiss
  Donald Gayhardt
Chief Executive Officer
  President
September 13, 2007
  September 13, 2007
     
     
/s/ Randy Underwood
  /s/ Pete Sokolowski
     
Randy Underwood
  Pete Sokolowski
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  Senior Vice President of Finance and
September 13, 2007
  Chief Credit Officer
    September 13, 2007
     
     
/s/ William M. Athas
   
     
William M. Athas
   
Senior Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller
   
September 13, 2007
   


57


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dollar Financial Corp.
 
We have audited Dollar Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Dollar Financial Corp.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Dollar Financial Corp. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Dollar Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007 of Dollar Financial Corp. and our report dated September 12, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
Ernst & Young LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 12, 2007


58


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dollar Financial Corp.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dollar Financial Corp. at June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Dollar Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 12, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 12, 2007


59


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (In thousands except
 
    share and per share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 120,221     $ 294,518  
Restricted cash
    80,750       1,014  
Loans receivable, net:
               
Loans receivable
    58,997       90,552  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    (5,365 )     (8,623 )
                 
Loans receivable, net
    53,632       81,929  
Other consumer lending receivables
    3,239       1,056  
Loans in default, net of an allowance of $11,694 and $18,045
    4,306       10,311  
Other receivables
    8,680       10,337  
Prepaid expenses
    10,166       12,146  
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance of $47,516 and $94,018
    185       4,545  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $73,714 and $81,494
    40,625       55,031  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $21,307 and $21,778
    218,566       341,681  
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $4,630 and $1,244
    9,437       17,747  
Other
    2,018       3,304  
                 
    $ 551,825     $ 833,619  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accounts payable
  $ 23,438     $ 39,808  
Income taxes payable
    10,963       11,293  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    39,895       46,912  
Deferred tax liability
    4,539       12,713  
Revolving credit facilities
    39,000        
Long-term debt
    272,037       576,910  
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $.001 par value: 55,500,000 shares authorized; 23,399,107 shares and 24,133,800 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2007, respectively
    23       24  
Additional paid-in capital
    242,594       251,460  
Accumulated deficit
    (114,920 )     (147,123 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    34,256       41,622  
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    161,953       145,983  
                 
    $ 551,825     $ 833,619  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


60


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands except share and per share amounts)  
 
Revenues:
                       
Check cashing
  $ 128,748     $ 142,470     $ 166,754  
Consumer lending:
                       
Fees from consumer lending
    153,004       162,588       227,445  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing income
    (29,425 )     (30,367 )     (45,799 )
                         
Consumer lending, net
    123,579       132,221       181,646  
Money transfer fees
    14,771       17,205       20,879  
Franchise fees and royalties
    7,149       10,957       6,958  
Other
    17,319       25,668       33,696  
                         
Total revenues
    291,566       328,521       409,933  
Store and regional expenses:
                       
Salaries and benefits
    91,982       106,823       129,522  
Occupancy
    22,899       27,914       32,270  
Depreciation
    7,226       7,834       9,455  
Returned checks, net and cash shortages
    10,571       11,883       15,295  
Telephone and communications
    5,998       5,800       6,425  
Advertising
    8,461       8,197       9,034  
Bank charges and armored carrier service
    7,621       8,844       10,619  
Other
    29,720       34,300       42,441  
                         
Total store and regional expenses
    184,478       211,595       255,061  
                         
Store and regional margin
    107,088       116,926       154,872  
                         
Corporate and other expenses:
                       
Corporate expenses
    38,276       41,784       53,594  
Management fees
    637              
Other depreciation and amortization
    3,776       3,655       3,390  
Interest expense, net
    33,878       29,702       31,462  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    8,097             31,784  
Goodwill impairment and other charges
                24,301  
Mark to market — Term Loan
                7,551  
Termination of management service agreement
    2,500              
Reserve for (proceeds from) litigation settlements
          5,800       (3,256 )
Other, net
    295       1,506       514  
                         
Income before income taxes
    19,629       34,479       5,532  
Income tax provision
    19,986       27,514       37,735  
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (357 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )
                         
Net income (loss) per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.38     $ (1.37 )
Diluted
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.37     $ (1.37 )
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    13,945,883       18,280,131       23,571,203  
Diluted
    13,945,883       18,722,753       23,571,203  
 
See accompanying notes.


61


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
 
                                                                 
                            Accumulated
                   
                            Other
                Total
 
    Common Stock
    Additional
          Comprehensive
          Management
    Shareholders’
 
    Outstanding     Paid-in
    Accumulated
    (Loss)
    Treasury
    Equity
    (Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income     Stock     Loan     Equity  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
Balance, June 30, 2004
    10,965,779     $ 11     $ 61,470     $ (120,916 )   $ 13,813     $ (956 )   $ (4,309 )   $ (50,887 )
                                                                 
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    6,729                       6,729  
Cash flow hedges
                                    (36 )                     (36 )
Net loss
                            (357 )                             (357 )
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            6,336  
Initial public stock offering
    7,378,125       7       106,932                                       106,939  
Repayment of notes receivable from officer
    (416,287 )                                     (6,661 )     4,309       (2,352 )
Accrued interest on notes receivable from officers
                    (2,464 )                                     (2,464 )
We The People acquisition
    141,935               2,000                                       2,000  
Retirement of treasury stock
                    (7,005 )     (612 )             7,617                
Share options exercised
    11,100               64                                       64  
                                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2005
    18,080,652       18       160,997       (121,885 )     20,506                   59,636  
                                                                 
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    14,088                       14,088  
Cash flow hedges
                                    (338 )                     (338 )
Net income
                            6,965                               6,965  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            20,715  
Secondary stock offering
    5,000,000       5       80,099                                       80,104  
Restricted stock grants
    107,841                                                        
Share options exercised
    210,614               1,363                                       1,363  
Non-cash stock compensation
                    135                                       135  
                                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2006
    23,399,107       23       242,594       (114,920 )     34,256                   161,953  
                                                                 
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    2,940                       2,940  
Cash flow hedges
                                    4,426                       4,426  
Net loss
                            (32,203 )                             (32,203 )
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            (24,837 )
Secondary stock offering
                    (41 )                                     (41 )
Restricted stock grants
    25,793                                                        
Restricted stock vested
                    393                                       393  
Share options exercised
    708,900       1       6,931                                       6,932  
Non-cash stock compensation
                    1,583                                       1,583  
                                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2007
    24,133,800     $ 24     $ 251,460     $ (147,123 )   $ 41,622     $     $     $ 145,983  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes.


62


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (357 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    12,523       13,231       14,538  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    5,114             31,784  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing income
    29,425       30,367       45,799  
Reserve for litigation settlement
          5,800        
Non-cash stock compensation
          135       1,976  
Losses on store closings
    66       985       657  
Goodwill impairment
                28,482  
Foreign currency loss on revaluation of debt
    180             6,248  
Deferred tax provision
    2,352       2,005       1,694  
Other, net
                (121 )
Change in assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
                       
Increase in loans and other receivables
    (22,010 )     (39,425 )     (59,395 )
Decrease in income taxes receivable
    5,072       773        
Increase in prepaid expenses and other
    (4,030 )     (971 )     (2,865 )
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (6,090 )     2,573       (5,312 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    22,245       22,438       31,282  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (29,950 )     (23,477 )     (151,216 )
Additions to property and equipment
    (14,857 )     (15,938 )     (19,435 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (44,807 )     (39,415 )     (170,651 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from secondary public offering of common stock, net
          80,750        
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
          (80,750 )     79,736  
Proceeds from term loans
                375,000  
Proceeds from 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes
                200,000  
Proceeds from initial public offering of common stock, net
    109,786              
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    64       1,363       6,932  
Redemption of 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012
    (50,416 )            
Redemption of 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
    (44,661 )            
Other debt (payments) borrowings
    (106 )     550       (3,181 )
Issuance of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
    30,750              
Partial repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
                (292,424 )
Convertible debt refinancing
                (6,463 )
Net increase (decrease) in revolving credit facilities
          39,000       (40,359 )
Payment for secondary public stock offering costs
          (367 )     (41 )
Payment of initial public stock offering costs
    (1,462 )            
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (730 )     (850 )     (11,842 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    43,225       39,696       307,358  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    2,571       4,998       6,308  
                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    23,234       27,717       174,297  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    69,270       92,504       120,221  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 92,504     $ 120,221     $ 294,518  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid
  $ 24,489     $ 28,170     $ 23,000  
Income taxes paid
  $ 15,820     $ 20,370     $ 35,766  
 
See accompanying notes.


63


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Organization and Business
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are those of Dollar Financial Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Dollar Financial Corp. is the parent company of Dollar Financial Group, Inc. (“OPCO”). The activities of the Company consist primarily of its investment in OPCO. Dollar Financial Corp. has no employees or operating activities.
 
The Company is a Delaware corporation incorporated in April 1990 as DFG Holdings, Inc. The Company operates a store network through OPCO. The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides retail financial services to the general public through a network of 1,280 locations (of which 902 are company owned) operating as Money Mart®, The Money Shop, Loan Mart®, Insta-Cheques® and We The People® in 30 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom. This network includes 1,170 locations (including 902 company-owned) in 16 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom offering financial services including check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, sale of money orders, money transfer services and various other related services. Also included in this network is the Company’s business, We The People USA, Inc., acquired in March 2005, which offers retail based legal document processing services through a network of 110 franchised locations in 25 states.
 
On January 28, 2005, as a result of the Company’s initial public offering, its common shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DLLR”.
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, loss reserves, income taxes and intangible assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Reclassification
 
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
With respect to company-operated stores, revenues from the Company’s check cashing, money order sales, money transfer, bill payment services and other miscellaneous services reported in other revenues on its statement of operations are all recognized when the transactions are completed at the point-of-sale in the store.
 
With respect to the Company’s franchised locations, the Company recognizes initial franchise fees upon fulfillment of all significant obligations to the franchisee. Royalties from franchisees are recognized as earned. The standard franchise agreements grant to the franchisee the right to develop and operate a store and use the


64


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Revenue Recognition (continued)
 
associated trade names, trademarks, and service marks within the standards and guidelines established by the Company. As part of the franchise agreement, the Company provides certain pre-opening assistance including site selection and evaluation, design plans, operating manuals, software and training. After the franchised location has opened, the Company must also provide updates to the software, samples of certain advertising and promotional materials and other post-opening assistance that the Company determines is necessary.
 
For single-payment consumer loans that the Company makes directly (company-funded loans), which have terms ranging from 1 to 37 days, revenues are recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees are recognized as an adjustment to the yield on the related loan. The Company’s reserve policy regarding these loans is summarized below in “Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy.”
 
In addition to the single-payment consumer loans originated and funded by the Company, the Company also has historically had domestic relationships with two banks, County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware, or County Bank, and First Bank of Delaware, or First Bank. Pursuant to these relationships, the Company marketed and serviced single-payment consumer loans domestically, which had terms ranging from 7 to 23 days, which were funded by the banks. The banks were responsible for the application review process and determining whether to approve an application and fund a loan. As a result, the banks’ loans were not recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. The Company earned a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that was paid by borrowers to the banks. In connection with the transition to the company-funded consumer loan model in June 2005, the Company terminated its relationship with County Bank and amended its relationship with First Bank. In the third quarter of fiscal 2006, First Bank announced that as of June 30, 2006, it would no longer originate single-payment consumer loans. As of June 30, 2006, the Company no longer markets and services single-payment consumer loans for First Bank.
 
For domestic loans funded by First Bank, the Company recognized net servicing fee income ratably over the life of the related loan. In addition, First Bank had established a target loss rate for the loans marketed and serviced by the Company. Servicing fees payable to the Company were reduced by the amount the actual losses exceeded this target loss rate. If actual losses were below the target loss rate, the difference was paid to the Company as a servicing fee. The measurement of the actual loss rate and settlement of servicing fees occurred twice every month.
 
Because the Company’s domestic servicing fees are reduced by loan losses incurred by the banks, the Company established a reserve for servicing fee adjustments. To estimate the appropriate reserve for servicing fee adjustments, the Company considered the amount of outstanding loans owed to the banks, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. The reserve was then based on net charge-offs, expressed as a percentage of loans originated on behalf of the banks applied against the total amount of the banks’ outstanding loans. This reserve was reported in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet and was $0 at June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006.
 
During fiscal 2006, the Company began to market and service bank-funded consumer installment loans in the United States with terms of four months made by First Bank. First Bank is responsible for the application review process and for determining whether to approve an application and fund a loan. As a result, loans are not recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. The Company earns a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that is paid by a borrower to First Bank. The servicing fee is recognized using the effective interest rate method. This fee is reduced by losses incurred by First Bank on such loans. The Company maintains a reserve for future servicing fee adjustments based on First Bank’s outstanding loan balance. This liability was $0.1 million at June 30, 2007 and $0.9 million at June 30, 2006, it is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.


65


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Revenue Recognition (continued)
 
 
If a First Bank installment loan borrower defaults and the loan is not subsequently repaid, the Company’s servicing fee is reduced. The Company anticipates that it will collect a portion of the defaulted loans based on historical default rates, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. As a result, when a First Bank installment loan borrower defaults, the Company establishes a servicing fee receivable and an allowance against this receivable based on factors described previously. The establishment of this allowance is charged against revenue during the period that the First Bank borrower initially defaults on the loan. If a loan remains in a defaulted status for an extended period of time, an allowance for the entire amount of the servicing fee adjustments is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off. Collections recovered on First Bank’s defaulted loans are credited to the allowance in the period they are received. The servicing fee receivable, net of a $0.7 million allowance, was $0.5 million at June 30, 2007 and net of a $0.9 million allowance was $1.2 million at June 30, 2006 and is reported on the Company’s balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables.
 
The Company serviced $65.5 million of loans for First Bank (primarily CustomCash® installment loans) during fiscal 2007 compared to $66.6 million single-payment loans during fiscal 2006. At June 30, 2007, there was $0.9 million in CustomCash® installment loans for First Bank and an aggregate of $7.9 million in CustomCash® installment loans for First Bank at June 30, 2006.
 
The lender in the Company’s CustomCash® domestic installment loan program, First Bank, has been working to address certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program. First Bank advised the Company that, effective April 2007, it would no longer distribute consumer loans through third-party retail locations and instead will distribute such loans only through its own branch offices and the Internet. To date, the Company has not been authorized by First Bank to distribute the CustomCash® product over the Internet. Accordingly, the Company continues to transition its CustomCash® installment loan product customers to its Company-funded short-term single payment loan.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash includes cash in stores and demand deposits with financial institutions. Cash equivalents are defined as short-term, highly liquid investments both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near maturity that there is insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash is unavailable to the Company until certain contractual terms and conditions are met. The $1.0 million of restricted cash at June 30, 2007 consists of cash held in escrow related to an acquisition. At June 30, 2006, the restricted cash of $80.8 million consisted of cash held for the redemption of debt.
 
Loans Receivable, Net
 
Unsecured short-term and longer-term installment loans that the Company originates on its own behalf are reflected on the balance sheet in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net are reported net of a reserve related to consumer lending as described below in the company-funded consumer loan loss reserves policy.
 
Loans in Default
 
Loans in default consist of short-term consumer loans originated by the Company which are in default status. An allowance for the defaulted loans receivable is established and charged against revenue in the period that the loan is placed in default status. The reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the


66


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Loans in Default (continued)
 
loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is charged against revenues. If the loans remain in a defaulted status for an extended period of time, an allowance for the entire amount of the loan is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off.
 
Other receivables
 
Other receivables consist primarily of franchise and other third party receivables.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which vary from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term (including renewal options that are reasonably assured), which range from 1 to 5 years, or the estimated useful life of the related asset.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”). Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. Other intangible assets consist of territory rights, reacquired franchise rights and franchise agreements. Franchise agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the agreements which are generally 10 years. Territory rights were deemed to have an indefinite useful life and were expected to be available for sale when certain indemnification claims had been resolved. Reacquired franchise rights are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and are not amortized.
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. The Company performs its impairment tests utilizing the two steps as outlined in SFAS 142. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its carrying value, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill.
 
Intangibles with indefinite lives are reviewed for indicators of impairment as of June 30, and tested annually or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge would be recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. Intangible assets with finite lives are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.
 
The fair value of the Company’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are estimated based upon a present value technique using discounted future cash flows. The Company uses management business plans and projections as the bases for expected future cash flows. Assumptions in estimating future cash flows are subject to a high degree of judgment.
 
The Company makes every effort to forecast its future cash flows as accurately as possible at the time the forecast is developed. However, changes in assumptions and estimates may affect the implied fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and could result in additional impairment charges in future periods.


67


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)
 
The Company assesses impairments of its intangible assets, with finite lives, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its intangible assets, with finite lives, to test whether current events or circumstances indicate that such carrying value may not be recoverable. If the test indicates that the carrying value of the asset is greater than the expected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such asset, then an impairment adjustment should be recognized. Such adjustment consists of the amount by which the carrying value of such asset exceeds its fair value. The Company generally measures fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows from such assets and, accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from such estimates.
 
See Notes 12 and 13 for further discussion of the interim impairment testing and the resulting impairment charges incurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2006.
 
Debt Issuance Costs
 
Debt issuance costs are amortized using the effective yield method over the remaining term of the related debt (see Note 7).
 
Store and Regional Expenses
 
The direct costs incurred in operating the Company’s stores have been classified as store expenses. Store expenses include salaries and benefits of store and regional employees, rent and other occupancy costs, depreciation of property and equipment, bank charges, armored carrier services, returned checks, net and cash shortages, advertising, telephone and telecommunication and other costs incurred by the stores. Excluded from store operations are the corporate expenses of the Company, which include salaries and benefits of corporate employees, professional fees and travel costs.
 
Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy
 
The Company maintains a loan loss reserve for anticipated losses for consumer loans the Company makes directly through its company-operated locations. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, the Company considers the amount of outstanding loans owed to the Company, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. The Company’s current loan loss reserve is based on its net charge-offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans that the Company makes directly. As these conditions change, the Company may need to make additional allowances in future periods. As a result of the Company’s transition away from the domestic bank-funded consumer loan model to the company-funded consumer loan model, the Company expects its future domestic loan loss reserve will increase.
 
When a loan is originated, the customer receives the cash proceeds in exchange for a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate a charge to the customer’s bank account on the stated maturity date of the loan. If the check or the debit to the customer’s account is returned from the bank unpaid, the loan is placed in default status and an allowance for this defaulted loan receivable is established and charged against revenue in the period that the loan is placed in default status. This reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is charged against revenues. If the loans remain in defaulted status for an extended period of time an allowance for the entire amount of the loan is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off.


68


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Check Cashing Returned Item Policy
 
The Company charges operating expense for losses on returned checks during the period in which such checks are returned. Recoveries on returned checks are credited to operating expense in the period during which recovery is made. This direct method for recording returned check losses and recoveries eliminates the need for an allowance for returned checks. The net expense for bad checks included in returned checks, net and cash shortages in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was $9.0 million, $10.0 million and $13.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Accordingly, deferred income taxes have been determined by applying current tax rates to temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities determined for income tax and financial reporting purposes.
 
The Company intends to reinvest its foreign earnings and as a result the Company has not provided a deferred tax liability on foreign earnings.
 
Employees’ Retirement Plan
 
Retirement benefits are provided to substantially all U.S. full-time employees who have completed 1,000 hours of service through a defined contribution retirement plan. The Company will match 50% of each employee’s contribution, up to 8% of the employee’s compensation. In addition, a discretionary contribution may be made if the Company meets its financial objectives. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries offer similar plans, the terms of which vary based on statutory requirements.
 
Total contributions charged to expense was $0.8 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Effective December 31, 2004, the Company established the Dollar Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan’s primary purpose is to provide tax-advantageous asset accumulation for a select group of management and highly compensated employees. Eligible employees may elect to defer up to fifty percent of base salary and/or one hundred percent of bonus earned. The Administrator, persons appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors, may further limit the minimum or maximum amount deferred by any Participants, for any reason. Employer contributions to the Plan during fiscal 2005 were $0.7 million.
 
During fiscal 2006, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved discretionary contributions to the Plan in the amount of $1.8 million. Contributions to the plan become vested (i) upon the Company attaining annual pre-tax earnings targets and, (ii) after a designated period of time, which is between 24 and 36 months. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the service period based upon an estimate of the likelihood of achieving the performance goals.
 
During fiscal 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved discretionary contributions to the Plan in the amount of $1.1 million. Each such award was granted July 1, 2007 and will vest ratably on an annual basis over a three-year period if, and only if, the Company attains certain strategic objectives as established by the Board of Directors for each fiscal year during the three-year period.
 
Compensation expense related to discretionary contributions was $0, $0.1 million and $0.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007. At June 30, 2006 and 2007, $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, related to discretionary contributions were included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet.


69


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Advertising Costs
 
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs charged to expense were $9.5 million, $9.2 million and $10.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying values of the revolving credit facilities approximate fair values, as these obligations carry a variable interest rate. The fair value of the Company’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 and 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 (“Convertible Notes”) are based on the quoted market value and broker quotations, respectively. The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, loan and other consumer lending receivables, which are short-term in nature and their fair value approximates their carrying value.
 
The total fair market value of the OPCO Senior Notes due 2011 at June 30, 2007 was approximately $2.1 million. The total fair market value of the Dollar Financial Corp. 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 was approximately $197.0 million at June 30, 2007.
 
Derivatives
 
Put Options
 
Operations in the United Kingdom and Canada have exposed the Company to shifts in currency valuations. From time to time, the Company may elect to purchase put options in order to protect earnings in the United Kingdom and Canada against foreign currency fluctuations. Out of the money put options may be purchased because they cost less than completely averting risk, and the maximum downside is limited to the difference between the strike price and exchange rate at the date of purchase and the price of the contracts. At June 30, 2007, the Company held put options with an aggregate notional value of C$ 54.0 million and GBP 5.4 million to protect the future currency exposure in Canada and the United Kingdom through December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, respectively. The Company uses purchased options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in its forecasted earnings denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company’s put options have a duration of less than twelve months. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in corporate expenses on the statement of operations. For options designated as hedges, hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. As of June 30, 2007 no amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. There was no ineffectiveness in the Company’s cash flow hedges for the year ended June 30, 2007. As of June 30, 2007, amounts related to put options qualifying as cash flow hedges amounted to a reduction of shareholders’ equity of $0.3 million, net of tax, all of which is expected to be transferred to earnings in fiscal 2008 along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions. The fair market value of the put options at June 30, 2007 was $21 thousands and is included in prepaid expenses on the balance sheet.
 
Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swaps
 
In December 2006, certain of OPCO’s subsidiaries entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in cash flows of the Company’s U.K. and Canadian term loans denominated in a


70


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Derivatives (continued)
 
currency other than OPCO’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency.
 
In December 2006, OPCO’s U.K subsidiary, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, entered into a cross currency interest rate swap with a notional amount of GBP 21.3 million that matures in October 2012. Under the terms of this swap, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited pays GBP at a rate of 8.45% per annum and it receives a rate of the three-month EURIBOR plus 3.00% per annum on EUR 31.5 million. In December 2006, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited also entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap with a notional amount of GBP 20.4 million that matures in October 2012. Under the terms of this swap, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited pays GBP at a rate of 8.36% per annum and it receives a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 3.00% per annum on US$40.0 million.
 
In December 2006, OPCO’s Canadian subsidiary, National Money Mart Company, entered into cross currency interest rate swaps with a notional amount of C$339.9 million that matures in October 2012. Under the terms of this swap, National Money Mart Company pays Canadian dollars at a blended rate of 7.12% per annum and it receives a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum on US$295.0 million.
 
On a quarterly basis, the swap agreements call for the exchange of 0.25% of the original notional balance amounts. Upon maturity, these cross-currency interest rate swap agreements call for the exchange of the remaining notional amounts. The Company designated these derivative contracts as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. The Company records foreign exchange re-measurement gains or losses related to these contracts and term loans, which are offsetting, in each period in corporate expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Because these derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges, the Company records the effective portion of the net, after tax gain or loss in other comprehensive income and they are reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged transaction affects earnings. There was no ineffectiveness recorded related to these cash flow hedges for the year ended June 30, 2007. The aggregate fair market value of the cross currency interest rate swaps at June 30, 2007 is a payable of US$18.8 million and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the balance sheet.
 
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions
 
The Company operates check cashing and financial services outlets in Canada and the United Kingdom. The financial statements of these foreign businesses have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All balance sheet accounts are translated at the current exchange rate at each period end and income statement items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period; resulting translation adjustments are made directly to a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in corporate expenses.


71


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Earnings (Loss) per Share
 
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, after adjusting for the dilutive effect of stock options and unvested restricted stock. The following table presents the reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (357 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )
Reconciliation of denominator:
                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic(1)
    13,946       18,280       23,571  
Effect of unvested restricted stock grants(2)
          108        
Effect of dilutive stock options(2)
          335        
                         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
    13,946       18,723       23,571  
                         
 
 
(1) Excludes 111,151 shares of unvested restricted stock, which is included in total outstanding common shares as of June 30, 2007.
 
(2) The effect of dilutive stock options was determined under the treasury stock method. Due to the net loss during the fiscal year ended 2005 and 2007, the effect of the dilutive options and unvested restricted stock grants was considered to be antidilutive, and therefore was not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.
 
Stock Option Compensation Expense
 
At June 30, 2007, the Company offered stock option plans under which shares of common stock may be awarded to directors, employees or consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R revises Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25). In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107) relating to the adoption of SFAS 123R. This statement requires the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in a company’s financial statements. SFAS 123R applies to transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services and may apply to liabilities an entity may incur for goods or services that are based on the fair value of those equity instruments. Public companies are required to adopt the new standard using a modified prospective method and may elect to restate prior periods using the modified retrospective method. Under the modified prospective method, companies are required to record compensation cost for new and modified awards over the related vesting period of such awards prospectively and record compensation cost prospectively for the unvested portion, at the date of adoption, of previously issued and outstanding awards over the remaining vesting period of such awards. No change to prior periods presented is permitted under the modified prospective method. Under the modified retrospective method, companies record compensation costs for prior periods retrospectively through restatement of such periods using the exact pro forma amounts disclosed in the companies’ footnotes. Also, in the period of adoption and after, companies record compensation cost based on the modified prospective method.


72


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Stock Option Compensation Expense (continued)
 
Under SFAS 123R, the Company is required to follow a fair-value approach using an option-pricing model, such as the Black-Scholes option valuation model, at the date of a stock option grant. Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted the modified prospective method and has recognized the compensation cost for stock-based awards issued after June 30, 2005 and unvested awards outstanding at the date of adoption, on a straight-line basis (using the graded vesting attribution method) over the requisite service period for the entire award. The additional compensation cost, pursuant to SFAS 123R, included in the statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 was $0.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, net of related tax effects.
 
The following table reconciles the required disclosure under SFAS No. 148, which summarizes the amount of stock-based compensation expense, net of related tax effects, which would be included in the determination of net income if the expense recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R had been applied to all stock option awards in periods presented (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Net (loss) income — as reported
  $ (357 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects
          81       1,026  
Deduct: Total stock-option expense determined under the fair value based method, net of related tax benefits
  $ (4,264 )   $ (81 )   $ (1,026 )
                         
Net (loss) income — pro forma
  $ (4,621 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )
                         
Net (loss) income per common share — basic — as reported
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.38     $ (1.37 )
Net (loss) income per common share — basic — proforma
  $ (0.33 )   $ 0.38     $ (1.37 )
Net (loss) income per common share — diluted — as reported
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.37     $ (1.37 )
Net (loss) income per common share — diluted — pro forma
  $ (0.33 )   $ 0.37     $ (1.37 )
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (FIN 48), to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognized threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 requires that a “more-likely-than-not” threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. It requires that the new standard be applied to the balances of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the period of adoption and that a corresponding adjustment be made to the opening balance of retained earnings. FIN 48 will be effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2007. The Company does not believe the adoption of FIN48 will have a material impact on the financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, which provides guidance on the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. In SAB No. 108, the SEC staff establishes an approach that requires quantification of financial statement errors, under both the iron-curtain and the roll-over methods, based on the effects of the error on each of the Company’s financial statements and the related financial statement disclosure. SAB No. 108 is generally effective for annual financial statements in the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The transition provisions of SAB No. 108 permits existing public companies to


73


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
 
record the cumulative effect in the first year ending after November 15, 2006 by recording correcting adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the year with the offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. The adoption of SAB No. 108 had no material effect on our financial statements.
 
In September 2006, FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“FAS 157”), which address how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measurement for recognition or disclosure purposes under generally accepted accounting principles. As a result of FAS 157, there is now a common definition of fair value to be used throughout U.S. GAAP. This new standard will make the measurement for fair value more consistent and comparable and improve disclosures about those measures. The statement does not require any new fair value measurement but will result in increased disclosures. This interpretation is effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2008.
 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“FAS 159”). This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions in FAS 159 are elective; however, the amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The fair value option established by FAS 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. FAS 159 is effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2008.
 
3.   Supplementary Cash Flow Information
 
Non-Cash Transactions
 
On July 21, 2006, the Company wrote-off $1.5 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs related to the $70.0 million principal repayment of OPCO’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 (“Notes”). On October 30, 2006, the Company wrote-off $7.2 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs related to the $198.0 million principal redemption of the Notes. In fiscal 2007, the Company wrote-off $28.5 million of goodwill and other intangibles related to the reorganization of WTP.
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan
 
The Company’s 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) states that 784,392 shares of its common stock may be awarded to employees or consultants of the Company. The awards, at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, may be issued as nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options. Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) may also be granted in tandem with the non-qualified stock options or the incentive stock options. Exercise of the SARs cancels the option for an equal number of shares and exercise of the non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options cancels the SARs for an equal number of shares. The number of shares issued under the 1999 Plan is subject to adjustment as specified in the 1999 Plan provisions. No options may be granted after February 15, 2009. All options granted under the 1999 Plan became 100% exercisable in conjunction with the Company’s Initial Public Offering on January 28, 2005.


74


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
 
The Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) states that 1,718,695 shares of its common stock may be awarded to employees or consultants of the Company. The awards, at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, may be issued as nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options or restricted stock awards. The number of shares issued under the 2005 Plan is subject to adjustment as specified in the 2005 Plan provisions. No options may be granted after January 24, 2015. Stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the aforementioned plans have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. To date no stock appreciation rights have been granted.
 
During the year ended June 30, 2005, 534,283 non-qualified stock options were granted under the 2005 Plan at an exercise price of $11.70 and 5,000 non-qualified stock options at an exercise price of $9.76 both of which grants were equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date. In addition, an additional 534,283 non-qualified stock options were granted during the year ended June 30, 2005 under the 2005 Plan at an exercise price of $16.00, the initial public offering price. On June 30, 2005, the Board of Directors approved the acceleration of the vesting of all but the 5,000 option grant previously granted under the 2005 Plan.
 
During the year ended June 30, 2006, 92,500 non-qualified stock options were granted under the 2005 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $11.23 to $19.14 that were equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date.
 
During the year ended June 30, 2007, 310,375 non-qualified stock options were granted under the 2005 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $18.87 to $29.14 that were equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date.


75


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
 
The following table presents information on stock options:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
          Weighted
    Average
       
          Average
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Term
    Intrinsic
 
          Price     (years)     Value  
                      ($ in millions)  
 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2004 (466,200 shares exercisable)     781,440     $ 7.77                  
Granted
    1,073,566     $ 13.83                  
Exercised
    (11,100 )   $ 5.81                  
Forfeited
                           
                                 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2005 (1,838,906 shares exercisable)     1,843,906     $ 11.31                  
Granted
    92,500     $ 14.58                  
Exercised
    (210,614 )   $ 6.47                  
Forfeited
    (10,650 )   $ 13.07                  
                                 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2006 (1,622,642 shares exercisable)     1,715,142     $ 12.07                  
Granted
    310,375     $ 21.96                  
Exercised
    (708,900 )   $ 9.78                  
Forfeited
    (19,017 )   $ 19.30                  
                                 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2007
    1,297,600     $ 15.58       8.1     $ 16.80  
                                 
Exercisable at June 30, 2007
    1,020,716     $ 14.17       7.9     $ 14.60  
                                 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the above table reflects the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period and the exercise price of the options, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on June 30, 2007. The intrinsic value of the Company’s stock options changes based on the closing price of the Company’s stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 was immaterial. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $13.3 million. As of June 30, 2007 the total unrecognized compensation over an estimated weighted-average period of 2.6 years, related to stock options is expected to be $2.4 million. Cash received from stock options exercised for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 was $1.4 million and $6.9 million, respectively.


76


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
 
The weighted average fair value of each employee option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants during the fiscal years ended 2005, 2006 and 2007:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Expected volatility
    41.8 %     46.9 %     48.3 %
Expected life (years)
    6.0       6.2       6.0  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.25 %     4.61 %     4.68 %
Expected dividends
    None       None       None  
Weighted average fair value
  $ 4.94     $ 7.62     $ 11.47  
 
Restricted stock awards granted under the 2005 Plan become vested (i) upon the Company attaining certain annual pre-tax earnings targets (“performance-based”) and, (ii) after a designated period of time (“time-based”), which is generally three years. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the requisite service period based upon an estimate of the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is measured based on the fair value using the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.
 
Information concerning restricted stock awards is as follows:
 
                 
    Restricted
    Weighted
 
    Stock
    Average
 
    Awards     Price  
 
Outstanding at June 30, 2005
           
Granted
    107,841     $ 18.36  
Vested
           
Forfeited
           
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
    107,841     $ 18.36  
Granted
    36,924     $ 24.36  
Vested
    (22,483 )   $ 20.24  
Forfeited
    (11,131 )   $ 18.36  
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2007
    111,151     $ 20.02  
                 
 
Restricted Stock Unit awards (RSUs) granted under the 2005 Plan become vested after a designated period of time (“time-based”), which is generally three years. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the requisite service period. Compensation expense related to RSUs is measured based on the fair value using the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.


77


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
 
Information concerning restricted stock unit awards is as follows:
 
                 
    Restricted
    Weighted
 
    Stock Unit
    Average
 
    Awards     Grant  
 
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
           
Granted
    129,250     $ 28.53  
Vested
           
Forfeited
           
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2007
    129,250     $ 28.53  
                 
 
5.   Restricted Cash
 
On June 21, 2006 the Company received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with its secondary offering of the Company’s common stock. At June 30, 2006, the $80.8 million, which was included in restricted cash on the Company’s balance sheet, was held in escrow to be used to redeem $70.0 million outstanding principal amount of its outstanding 9.75% Senior Notes due in 2011 and to pay fees and expenses with respect to the redemption. In July 2006, the $80.8 million was released from escrow to pay the aforementioned obligations. (See Note 15.)
 
In November 2006, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of The Money Corner, Inc., consisting of 23 financial services stores for $29.0 million in cash. An additional $1.0 million cash was paid into an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the former owner of The Money Corner. This amount is included in restricted cash at June 30, 2007.
 
6.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment at June 30, 2006 and 2007 consist of (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2007  
 
Land
  $ 175     $ 191  
Leasehold improvements
    39,574       51,234  
Equipment and furniture
    74,590       85,100  
                 
      114,339       136,525  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (73,714 )     (81,494 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 40,625     $ 55,031  
                 
 
Depreciation expense amounted to $10.9 million, $11.4 million and $12.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.


78


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt
 
The Company had debt obligations at June 30, 2006 and 2007 as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2007  
 
Revolving credit facility
  $ 39,000     $  
Dollar Financial Corp. 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027
          200,000  
Term loans due October 2012
          374,741  
OPCO 9.75% Senior Notes due November 13, 2011
    271,487       1,985  
Other
    550       184  
                 
    $ 331,037     $ 576,910  
                 
 
On July 21, 2006, the Company used the $80.8 million net proceeds from its follow-on offering of common stock to redeem $70 million principal amount of its outstanding 9.75% senior notes due 2011(“Notes”), pay $6.8 million in redemption premium, pay $1.3 million in accrued interest and use the remaining $2.6 million for working capital and general corporate purposes.
 
On September 14, 2006, OPCO commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of its outstanding $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in its Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated September 14, 2006 and the related Consent and Letter of Transmittal. In connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, OPCO received the requisite consents from holders of the Notes to approve certain amendments to the indenture (“Amendments”) under which the Notes were issued. The Amendments eliminated substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default. The Amendments to the indenture governing the Notes are set forth in a Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 27, 2006 among OPCO, certain of OPCO’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, (“Supplemental Indenture”), and became operative and binding on the holders of the Notes as of October 30, 2006, in connection with the Closing of the credit facilities, explained below, and the acceptance of the Notes tendered pursuant to the tender offer.
 
The total consideration for the Notes tendered and accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer was determined as specified in the tender offer documents, on the basis of a yield to the first redemption date for the Notes equal to the sum of (i) the yield (based on the bid side price) of the 3.00% U.S. Treasury Security due November 15, 2007, as calculated by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC in accordance with standard market practice on the price determination date, as described in the tender offer documents, plus (ii) a fixed spread of 50 basis points. OPCO paid accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, the applicable payment date, October 30, 2006. Each holder who validly tendered its Notes and delivered consents on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on September 27, 2006 was entitled to a consent payment, which was included in the total consideration set forth above, of $30 for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes tendered by such holder to the extent such Notes were accepted for purchase pursuant to the terms of the tender offer and consent solicitation. Holders who tendered Notes were required to consent to the Amendments. The total principal amount of the Notes tendered was $198.0 million.
 
Refinancing of Existing Credit Facility
 
On October 30, 2006, the Company completed the refinancing of its existing credit facilities and entered into a new $475 million credit facility (“New Credit Agreement”). The New Credit Agreement is comprised of the following: (i) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of US$75.0 million (the “U.S. Revolving Facility”) with OPCO as the borrower; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility with an aggregate amount of US$295.0 million (the “Canadian Term Facility”) with National Money Mart Company, a


79


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt (continued)
 
wholly-owned Canadian indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower; (iii) a senior secured term loan facility with Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, a wholly-owned U.K. indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower, in an aggregate amount of US$80.0 million (consisting of a US$40.0 million tranche of term loans and another tranche of term loans equivalent to US$40.0 million denominated in Euros) (the “UK Term Facility”) and (iv) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of C$ 28.5 million (the “Canadian Revolving Facility”) with National Money Mart Company as the borrower.
 
On October 30, 2006, National Money Mart Company borrowed US$170.0 million under the Canadian Term Facility, Dollar Financial UK borrowed US$80.0 million under the UK Term Facility and OPCO borrowed US$14.6 million under the US Revolving Facility. These funds were used to repurchase US$198.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued by OPCO pursuant to the previously discussed cash tender offer and consent solicitation for all outstanding Notes, to repay the outstanding principal amounts, accrued interest and expenses under OPCO’s existing credit facility, and to pay related transaction costs. On October 31, 2006, National Money Mart Company borrowed an additional US$125.0 million under the Canadian Term Facility to fund the Canadian Acquisition, as further described below, and to pay related transaction costs.
 
The U.S. Revolving Facility and the Canadian Revolving Facility have an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points and CDOR plus 300 basis points, respectively, subject to reduction as the Company reduces its leverage. Upon the conclusion of the refinancing, there was an initial net draw of approximately US$14.6 million on the U.S. Revolving Facility with no funds drawn on the Canadian Revolving Facility. The Canadian Term Facility consisted of US$295.0 million at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 275 basis points. The U.K. Term Facility consisted of a US$40.0 million tranche at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points and a tranche denominated in Euros equivalent to US$40.0 million at an interest rate of Euribor plus 300 basis points. At June 30, 2007 there were no outstanding amounts under the U.S. Revolving Facility nor the Canadian Revolving Facility. At June 30, 2007, the outstanding amount of the Canadian Term Facility was US$292.8 million and the outstanding amount of the U.K. Term Facility consisted of US$39.7 million and EUR 31.4 million. The weighted average interest rate on the U.S. Revolving Facility and the Canadian Revolving Facility during the year ended June 30, 2007 was 8.94% and 9.75%, respectively. Each term loan will mature on October 30, 2012, and will amortize in equal quarterly installments in an amount equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the applicable term loan for the first twenty-three (23) quarters following funding, with the outstanding principal balance payable in full on the maturity date of such term loan. Each revolving facility will mature and the commitments thereunder will terminate on October 30, 2011.
 
The obligations under the US Revolving Facility are guaranteed by the Company and certain direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The obligations under the Canadian Term Facility, the Canadian Revolving Facility and the UK Term Facility are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its domestic and foreign direct and indirect subsidiaries. The obligations of the respective borrowers and guarantors under the facilities are secured by substantially all of the assets of such borrowers and guarantors.
 
In December 2006, certain subsidiaries of OPCO entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge against the change in cash flow of the aforementioned U.K. and Canadian term loans denominated in a currency other than OPCO’s foreign subsidiaries’ respective functional currency (see Note 2 — Derivatives). The blended aggregate fixed interest rate over the life of the term loans as a result of the cross currency interest rate swaps is 7.40%.
 
The New Credit Agreement contains certain financial and other restrictive covenants, which, among other things, requires the Company to achieve certain financial ratios, limit capital expenditures, restrict payment of dividends and obtain certain approvals if the Company wants to increase borrowings. As of June 30, 2007, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.


80


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt (continued)
 
2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027
 
On June 27, 2007, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of Dollar Financial Corp. 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private offering for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company received proceeds of approximately $193.5 million from the issuance, net of underwriting fees of approximately $6.4 million. Underwriting fees are included in issuance costs on the Company’s balance sheet and are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over 5.5 years. The Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s other existing and future obligations that are unsecured and unsubordinated. The Convertible Notes bear interest at the rate of 2.875% per year, payable every June 30 and December 31 beginning December 31, 2007. The Convertible Notes mature on June 30, 2027, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased by the Company. Holders of the Convertible Notes may require the Company to repurchase in cash some or all of the Convertible Notes at any time before the Convertible Notes’ maturity following a fundamental change as defined in the Indenture dated June 27, 2007 (the “Indenture”).
 
The Indenture includes a “net share settlement” provision that allows the Company, upon redemption or conversion, to settle the principal amount of the notes in cash and the additional conversion value, if any, in shares of the Company’s common stock. Holders of the Convertible Notes may convert their Convertible Notes based at an initial conversion rate of 25.7759 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes, subject to adjustment, prior to stated maturity under the following circumstances:
 
  •  during any calendar quarter commencing after September 30, 2007, if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last day of the preceding calendar quarter;
 
  •  during the five day period following any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price of the Convertible Notes for each day of such period was less than 98.0% of the product of the closing sale price per share of the Company’s common stock on such day and the conversion rate in effect for the Convertible Notes on each such day;
 
  •  if such notes have been called for redemption; at any time on or after December 31, 2026; or
 
  •  upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions as described in the Indenture.
 
If a Fundamental Change, as defined in the Indenture, occurs prior to December 31, 2014 and a holder elects to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such transaction, the Company will pay a make whole provision, as defined in the Indenture.
 
On or after December 31, 2012, but prior to December 31, 2014, we may redeem for cash all or part of the Convertible Notes, if during any period of 30 consecutive trading days ending not later than December 31, 2014, the closing sale price of a share of our common stock is for at least 120 trading days within such period of 30 consecutive trading days greater than or equal to120% of the conversion price on each such day. On or after December 31, 2014, the Company may redeem for cash all or part of the Convertible Notes, upon at least 30 but not more than 60 days notice before the redemption date by mail to the trustee, the paying agent and each holder of Convertible Notes. The amount of cash paid in connection with each such redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional amounts, to but excluding the redemption date.
 
Holders have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the Notes on December 31, 2012, December 31, 2014, June 30, 2017 and June 30 2022 (each of which are referred to as the purchase


81


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt (continued)
 
date). The purchase price payable will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be purchase plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional amounts, to but excluding the purchase date.
 
If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, as defined in the Indenture, before maturity of the Convertible Notes, holders will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of the Convertible Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional amounts, up to but excluding the date of repurchase.
 
The Company is required to file a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) covering re-sales of the Convertible Notes and the shares of the Company’s common stock issuable on conversion of the Convertible Notes no later than 120 days after the first date of original issuance of the Convertible Notes. If the Company is not eligible to use an automatic shelf registration statement, the Company must use its most reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act, no later than 210 days after the first date of original issuance. If the Company does not fulfill certain obligations under the registration rights agreement, the Company will be required to pay additional amounts to holders of the Convertible Notes.
 
The Company has considered the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Abstract No. 98-5, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratio” (“EITF 98-5”), and has determined that the Convertible Notes do not contain a beneficial conversion feature, as the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of issuance was less than the initial conversion price.
 
Upon conversion, the Company will have the option to either deliver:
 
  1.  cash equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be converted ($1,000 per note) or the total conversion value; and shares of the Company’s common stock in respect of the remainder, if any, of the conversion value over the principal amount of the Convertible Notes; or
 
  2.  shares of the Company’s common stock to the holders, calculated at the initial conversion price which is subject to any of the conversion price adjustments discussed above at any time before December 31, 2006.
 
However, the Company has made a policy election to settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes in cash. As such, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share (“FAS 128”), the Notes will be excluded from the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share.
 
The total fair market value of the OPCO 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 at June 30, 2007 was approximately $2.1 million. The total fair market value of the Dollar Financial Corp. 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 was approximately $197.0 million at June 30, 2007.
 
Interest expense was $34.1 million, $29.9 million and $31.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.


82


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Federal:
                       
Current
  $ (1,810 )   $ 107     $  
Deferred
    1,758       1,577       589  
                         
      (52 )     1,684       589  
Foreign taxes:
                       
Current
    19,444       25,317       36,223  
Deferred
    594       529       923  
                         
      20,038       25,846       37,146  
State:
                       
Current
          (16 )      
Deferred
                 
                         
            (16 )      
                         
    $ 19,986     $ 27,514     $ 37,735  
                         
 
The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 30, 2006 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Loss reserves
  $ 2,875     $ 3,835  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,086       10,616  
Accrued compensation
    738       1,531  
Other accrued expenses
    300       3,155  
Net operating loss carry forwards
    40,386       34,718  
Foreign tax credit carry forwards
            38,569  
Other
    317       6,139  
                 
Gross deferred tax assets
    47,702       98,563  
Valuation allowance
    (47,517 )     (94,018 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset
    185       4,545  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Amortization and other temporary differences
    (4,539 )     (7,679 )
Foreign currency transactions
          (5,034 )
                 
Total deferred tax liability
    (4,539 )     (12,713 )
                 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (4,354 )   $ (8,168 )
                 
 
U.S. income taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries. The Company’s intention is to reinvest these earnings permanently or to repatriate the earnings in the future only when it is tax effective to do so. Accordingly, the Company believes that any U.S. tax on repatriated earnings


83


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Income Taxes (continued)
 
would be substantially offset by U.S. foreign tax credits and or by use of available net operating loss carry forwards. As of June 30, 2007, there are no undistributed foreign earnings.
 
Differences between effective income tax rates and the statutory U.S. federal income tax rates are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Tax provision at federal statutory state
  $ 6,870     $ 12,068     $ 1,936  
Add (deduct):
                       
Federal and State tax provision
    (746 )     (43 )     589  
Canadian withholding
    (1,130 )     117       521  
Foreign taxes
    952       1,942       2,815  
Tax on foreign dividends
                5,952  
Other permanent differences
    1,054       3,373       (1,575 )
Valuation allowance
    12,986       10,057       27,497  
                         
Tax provision at effective tax rate
  $ 19,986     $ 27,514     $ 37,735  
                         
 
Due to the refinancing of the Company’s debt in fiscal 2004 and losses incurred in the United States, significant deferred tax assets have been generated. The Company provided a valuation allowance against substantially all of its U.S. deferred tax assets at June 30, 2007 and 2006 which amounted to $92.6 million and $47.5 million, respectively. Because realization is not assured, the Company has not recorded the benefit of the deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 2007, the Company has approximately $99.2 million of federal net operating loss carry forwards available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2023, if not utilized. The Company has foreign tax credit carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million, which will expire in 2017 if not utilized. Additionally, in fiscal 2007 the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $1.4 million against a Canadian foreign currency loss. The loss is capital in nature and at this time the Company has not identified any potential capital gains against which to offset the loss.
 
The change in the valuation allowance from June 30, 2006 to June 30, 2007 was $46.5 million of which $27.5 million was recorded through the income tax provision for fiscal 2007. The remaining $19.0 million was attributable to certain assets (e.g. foreign tax credits) that were balance sheet items that did not have a current income statement impact.
 
After the refinancing of its debt in November 2003, the Company elected not to include Canadian income in its taxable income for U.S. tax return filing purposes. As a result of this election the Company provided a $20.4 million valuation allowance in fiscal 2004.
 
Foreign, federal and state income taxes of approximately $15.8 million, $20.4 million and $35.8 million were paid during the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
9.   Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
 
On January 7, 2005, OPCO distributed $3.6 million to the Company to redeem approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012.


84


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
9.   Loss on Extinguishment of Debt (continued)
 
On January 28, 2005, the Company announced the pricing of the initial public offering of 7,500,000 shares of its common stock at $16.00 per share. The Company received $109.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering, which were used to redeem the full outstanding principal and accrued interest on its 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012 and 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. The remaining proceeds were used to terminate a management services agreement between OPCO and a third party and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
 
On June 16, 2006, the Company announced the pricing of an underwritten follow-on offering of 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $16.65 per share. On June 21, 2006, the Company received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this follow-on offering, which on July 21, 2006 were used to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of the Notes. On October 30, 2006, the Company completed the refinancing of its existing credit facilities and entered into the New Credit Agreement.
 
In connection with the redemptions of the aforementioned outstanding principal amounts of the Company’s Notes, the Company incurred related losses on the extinguishment of debt. For the periods presented, the loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Call Premium
                       
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
  $ 4.9     $     $  
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 9.75% Senior Notes
                6.8  
Write-off of original issue discount, net
                       
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
    1.5              
Dollar Financial Corp. 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes
    1.5              
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 9.75% Senior Notes
                (1.4 )
Tender premium
                17.6  
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
    0.2             8.8  
                         
    $ 8.1     $     $ 31.8  
                         
 
10.   Commitments
 
The Company has various non-cancelable operating leases for office and retail space and certain equipment with terms ranging from one to five years, most of which contain standard optional renewal clauses. Total rent expense under operating leases amounted to $19.7 million, $24.1 million and $27.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
At June 30, 2007, future minimum lease payments for operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 30,155  
2009
    26,651  
2010
    20,819  
2011
    14,761  
2012
    10,384  
Thereafter
    25,385  
         
    $ 128,155  
         


85


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Acquisitions
 
The following acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
 
In March 2005, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (the “Former WTP”) relating to the Former WTP’s retail-based legal document preparation services business. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $14.0 million, consisting of $10.5 million in cash paid at closing, $2.0 million in unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock, the value of which was subsequently placed into escrow, and $1.5 million paid at closing to an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the Former WTP. (See further discussion in Notes 12 and 13.)
 
In July 2005, the Company purchased 26 We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territory for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $5.0 million and was funded through excess internal cash. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to territory rights for $4.3 million and $0.8 million to other assets.
 
In October 2005, the Company purchased three We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territories for future development. In addition, the Company acquired three undeveloped territories from franchisees for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $1.6 million, consisting of $0.8 million in cash paid at closing and a $0.7 million note payable. The Company allocated $0.2 million of the purchase price to territory rights. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $1.1 million. The Company believes that due to the earnings potential from the acquired stores and territory rights and from the franchising opportunities in the acquired territories, the allocation of a portion of the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.
 
On March 9, 2006, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of eleven franchised stores in western Canada in a series of transactions. The acquired stores were controlled by a franchisee of the Company’s Canadian subsidiary, and the Company also had a minority ownership interest in seven of these stores. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million cash. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to reacquired franchise rights for $1.4 million and other assets for $1.4 million. The Company’s revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $11.9 million. Based on the future earnings potential for these stores, the Company believes that the allocation of a portion of the preliminary fair value of the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.
 
On April 3, 2006, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire six stores from a franchisee of Dollar Financial U.K., the Company’s wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions was approximately $2.0 million cash. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets, reacquired franchise rights, in the amount of $1.6 million and other assets in the amount of $0.4 million. The Company’s internal cash was used to fund the purchase. There was no excess of purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired.
 
On October 31, 2006, National Money Mart Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of 82 retail stores owned and operated by five existing National Money Mart Company franchisees (the “Canadian Acquisition”). The Canadian Acquisition was effected pursuant to five purchase agreements each dated October 31, 2006 by and among National Money Mart Company and the five existing National Money Mart Company franchisees (the “Purchase Agreements”). The total aggregate purchase price for the Canadian Acquisition was approximately $124.2 million cash. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to reacquired franchise rights for $41.8 million, loans receivable for $5.9 million, cash in stores for $3.3 million and other assets for $3.9 million. The Company’s Canadian Term Facility was used to fund


86


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Acquisitions (continued)
 
the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $69.3 million.
 
On November 12, 2006, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of Money Corner, Inc., consisting of 23 financial services stores, predominately located in southwest Florida (the “Money Corner Acquisition”). The total aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $29.0 million cash. An additional $1.0 million was paid into an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the former owner of the Money Corner. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to loans receivable for $2.4 million, cash in stores for $1.0 million and other assets for $0.8 million. The Company’s U.S. Revolving Facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $24.8 million.
 
During the year ended June 30, 2007, the Company completed various other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.2 million.
 
The following table reflects the change in goodwill during the periods presented (in millions):
 
         
Balance at June 30, 2005
  $ 205.6  
Acquisitions:
       
October 2005 We The People
    1.1  
March 2006 Canadian Acquisition
    11.9  
Other
    0.3  
Purchase adjustments:
       
American earn-out
    2.0  
We The People — refundable deposits
    2.6  
Foreign currency adjustment
    7.2  
         
Balance at June 30, 2006
    230.7  
         
Acquisitions:
       
82 Store Canadian Acquisition
    69.3  
Money Corner Acquisition
    24.8  
Other
    2.2  
Impairment loss
    (22.5 )
Foreign currency adjustment
    10.7  
         
Balance at June 30, 2007
  $ 315.2  
         


87


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Acquisitions (continued)
 
The following unaudited pro forma information for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 presents the results of operations as if the acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. The pro forma operating results include the results of these acquisitions for the indicated periods and reflect the amortization of identifiable intangible assets arising from the acquisitions, increased interest expense on acquisition debt and the income tax impact as of the respective purchase dates of the eleven Canadian franchisee stores, six United Kingdom franchisee stores, the Canadian acquisition and the Money Corner acquisition. Pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the purchase been made on the date above or the results which may occur in the future.
 
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (Unaudited — in thousands except per share amounts)  
 
Revenues
  $ 381,377     $ 426,588  
Net income
  $ 14,172     $ (30,411 )
Net income per common share — basic
  $ 0.78     $ (1.29 )
Net income per common share — diluted
  $ 0.76     $ (1.29 )
 
12.   We The People Restructuring Plan
 
In December 2006, due to the inability to integrate the WTP business with the Company’s existing check cashing and payday lending store network along with the litigation surrounding the WTP business, the Company approved and implemented a restructuring plan for the WTP business, which had previously been included in the Company’s U.S. reporting unit. The restructuring plan includes the closing of all of the company-owned WTP locations and a focus on improving the performance and profitability of the document processing segment of the business by consolidating satellite processing centers and eliminating low volume products and related costs, while concentrating its sales effort, with respect to new WTP franchises, in a select group of targeted states.
 
As a result of the restructuring initiatives, in the quarter ended December 31, 2006, the Company incurred $1.2 million for cash expenses related to the closure of the company-operated stores and other initiatives, $0.5 million of which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities at June 30, 2007. In addition, the Company incurred $23.2 million in one-time non-cash charges including the write-off of $22.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million in other tangible and intangible assets, net of deferred fees, which is included in goodwill impairment and other charges on the statement of operations. There were no restructuring charges incurred during the quarters ended March 31, and June 30, 2007. See Note 13 for further discussion.


88


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.   Goodwill and Other Intangibles
 
The following table reflects the components of intangible assets (in thousands):
 
                                 
    June 30, 2006     June 30, 2007  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
 
Non-amortized intangible assets:
                               
Goodwill
  $ 230,687     $ 21,191     $ 315,240     $ 21,778  
Territory rights
    5,361                    
Reacquired franchise rights
    3,070             48,219        
                                 
    $ 239,118     $ 21,191     $ 363,459     $ 21,778  
                                 
Amortized intangible assets:
                               
Franchise agreements
  $ 755     $ 116     $     $  
                                 
    $ 755     $ 116     $     $  
                                 
 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles by reportable segment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                                 
    United States     Canada     United Kingdom     Total  
 
Balance at June 30, 2005
  $ 87,535     $ 42,459     $ 56,196     $ 186,190  
Amortization of other intangibles
    (93 )                 (93 )
Acquisitions
    10,418       13,896       1,618       25,932  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
          4,737       1,800       6,537  
                                 
Balance at June 30, 2006
    97,860       61,092       59,614       218,566  
Amortization of other intangibles
    (58 )                 (58 )
Acquisitions
    25,126       109,406       2,779       137,311  
Impairment loss
    (28,469 )                 (28,469 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
          9,167       5,164       14,331  
                                 
Balance at June 30, 2007
  $ 94,459     $ 179,665     $ 67,557     $ 341,681  
                                 
 
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”). Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. Intangible assets consist of territory rights, reacquired franchise rights and franchise agreements. Franchise agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the agreements which are generally 10 years. Territory rights deemed to have an indefinite useful life and were fully written off in connection with the WTP restructuring. Reacquired franchise rights are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and are not amortized.
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. The Company performs its impairment tests utilizing the two steps as outlined in SFAS 142. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its carrying value, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill.


89


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.   Goodwill and Other Intangibles (continued)
 
Intangibles with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. Intangible assets with finite lives are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge would be recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
 
The fair value of the Company’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are estimated based upon a present value technique using discounted future cash flows. The Company uses management business plans and projections as the bases for expected future cash flows. Assumptions in estimating future cash flows are subject to a high degree of judgment. The Company makes every effort to forecast its future cash flows as accurately as possible at the time the forecast is developed. However, changes in assumptions and estimates may affect the implied fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and could result in additional impairment charges in future periods.
 
In December 2006, due to the inability to integrate the WTP business with the Company’s existing check cashing and payday lending store network along with the litigation surrounding the WTP business, the Company approved and implemented a restructuring plan for the WTP business, which had previously been included in the Company’s U.S. reporting unit. The restructuring plan includes the closing of all of the company-owned WTP locations and also to focus on improving the performance and profitability of the document processing segment of the business by consolidating satellite processing centers and eliminating low volume products and related costs, while concentrating its sales effort, with respect to new WTP franchises, to a select group of targeted states. As a result of the restructuring and a reduced level of projected cash flows for the WTP business (described in Note 12), the Company determined an indicator of impairment existed related to the WTP goodwill. The Company tested this goodwill for impairment as required under FAS 142. As a result of the impairment test, an impairment charge of approximately $22.5 million was recorded, representing all of the goodwill related to the WTP acquisition, as management determined that the WTP business was never integrated into the U.S. reporting unit as originally planned and the U.S. reporting unit never realized the planned benefits of the WTP acquisition.
 
The Company tested the remaining portion of the U.S. reporting unit for goodwill impairment and determined that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2006.
 
In addition, due to the restructuring, the Company performed an analysis to compare the estimated fair value of WTP’s territory rights to their carrying value. Because the Company plans to focus its sale of franchises to a select group of targeted states, which do not include those for which the territory rights relate, carrying value of the asset was not recoverable. As a result, an impairment charge of $5.3 million was incurred in the quarter ended December 31, 2006.
 
The Company assesses impairments of its intangible assets with finite lives, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”). The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its intangible assets, with finite lives, to test whether current events or circumstances indicate that such carrying value may not be recoverable. If the test indicates that the carrying value of the asset is greater than the expected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such asset, then an impairment adjustment should be recognized. Such adjustment consists of the amount by which the carrying value of such asset exceeds its fair value. The Company generally measures fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows from such assets and, accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from such estimates.


90


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.   Goodwill and Other Intangibles (continued)
 
In December 2006, due to continued operating losses in the WTP business associated with franchisee-operated stores, franchise agreements were tested for recoverability, resulting in an impairment charge of approximately $0.5 million.
 
In accordance with the adoption provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company is required to perform goodwill impairment tests on at least an annual basis. The Company performs its annual impairment test as of June 30. As of June 30, 2007, there is no impairment of goodwill. There can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities
 
In addition to the legal proceedings discussed below, which the Company is defending vigorously, the Company is involved in routine litigation and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the Company believes that the resolution of these proceedings will not materially adversely impact its business, there can be no assurances in that regard.
 
While the Company believes there is no legal basis for liability, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
Canadian Legal Proceedings
 
On August 19, 2003, a former customer in Ontario, Canada, Margaret Smith, commenced an action against OPCO and its Canadian subsidiary on behalf of a purported class of Ontario borrowers who, Smith claims, were subjected to usurious charges in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, alleges violations of a Canadian federal law proscribing usury, seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, and seeks injunctive relief prohibiting further alleged usurious charges. The Company’s Canadian subsidiary’s motion to stay the action on grounds of arbitrability was denied. The Company’s motion to stay the action for lack of jurisdiction was denied and the appeal was dismissed. On October 25, 2006, the plaintiff filed a motion to certify the class. The judge granted the certification motion on January 5, 2007. Leave to appeal from the decision was refused. The action is presently in the discovery phase and a trial, while not yet scheduled, is expected in 2008.
 
On October 21, 2003, another former customer, Kenneth D. Mortillaro, commenced a similar action against OPCO Canadian subsidiary, but this action has since been stayed on consent because it is a duplicate action. The allegations, putative class and relief sought in the Mortillaro action are substantially the same as those in the Smith action.
 
On November 6, 2003, Gareth Young, a former customer, commenced a purported class action in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from the Company’s Canadian subsidiary in Alberta, alleging, among other things, that the charge to borrowers in connection with such loans is usurious. The action seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages. On December 9, 2005, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary settled this action, subject to court approval. On March 3, 2006 just prior to the date scheduled for final court approval of the settlement the plaintiff’s lawyers advised that they would not proceed with the settlement and indicated their intention to join a purported national class action. No steps have been taken in the action since March 2006. Subsequently, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary commenced an action against the plaintiff and the plaintiff’s lawyer for breach of contract. That action has not proceeded past the pleadings stage.


91


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

Canadian Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
On or about March 5, 2007, a former customer, H. Craig Day, commenced an action against the Company, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and several of its franchisees in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a putative class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from the Company’s Canadian subsidiary in Alberta. The allegations, putative class and relief sought in the Day action are substantially the same as those in the Young action but relate to a claim period that commences before and ends after the claim period in the Young action and excludes the claim period described in that action.
 
On January 29, 2003, a former customer, Kurt MacKinnon, commenced an action against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and 26 other Canadian lenders on behalf of a purported class of British Columbia residents who, MacKinnon claims, were overcharged in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Supreme Court of British Columbia, alleges violations of laws proscribing usury and unconscionable trade practices and seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, in an unknown amount. Following initial denial, MacKinnon obtained an order permitting him to re-apply for class certification which was appealed. The Court of Appeal granted MacKinnon the right to apply to the original judge to have her amend her order denying certification. On June 14, 2006, the original judge granted the requested order and the Canadian subsidiary’s request for leave to appeal the order was dismissed. The certification motion in this action proceeded in conjunction with the certification motion in the Parsons action described below.
 
On April 15, 2005, the solicitor acting for MacKinnon commenced a proposed class action against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary on behalf of another former customer, Louise Parsons. Class certification was granted on March 14, 2007. An appeal from this certification decision is pending. The action is presently in the discovery phase and a trial, while not yet scheduled, is expected in 2008.
 
Similar purported class actions have been commenced against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary in Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. OPCO is named as a defendant in the actions commenced in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. The claims in these additional actions are substantially similar to those of the Ontario actions referred to above.
 
On April 26, and August 3, 2006, two former employees, Peggy White and Kelly Arseneau commenced companion actions against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and OPCO. The actions, which are pending in the Superior Court of Ontario, allege negligence on the part of the defendants in security training procedures and breach of fiduciary duty to employees in violation of applicable statutes. The companion lawsuits seek combined damages of C$5.0 million plus interest and costs. These claims have been submitted to the respective insurance carriers. The Company’s Canadian subsidiary and OPCO intend to vigorously defend these actions.
 
At this time it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of these matters.
 
California Legal Proceedings
 
The Company was the defendant in four lawsuits commenced by the same law firm. Each lawsuit was pled as a class action, and each lawsuit alleged violations of California’s wage-and-hour laws. The named plaintiffs were the Company’s former employees, Vernell Woods (commenced August 22, 2000), Juan Castillo (commenced May 1, 2003), Stanley Chin (commenced May 7, 2003) and Kenneth Williams (commenced June 3, 2003). Each of these suits sought an unspecified amount of damages and other relief in connection with allegations that the Company misclassified California store (Woods) and area (Castillo) managers as “exempt” from a state law requiring the payment of overtime compensation, that the Company failed to


92


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

California Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
provide non-management employees with meal and rest breaks required under state law (Chin) and that the Company computed bonuses payable to its store managers using an impermissible profit-sharing formula (Williams). The trial court in Chin denied plaintiff’s motion for class certification and that decision was upheld on appeal. The Company reached a settlement with Chin, resolving all issues for a nominal amount.
 
In March 2006, the Company reached a settlement in the Woods, Castillo and Williams actions, and the court granted approval of that settlement in October of 2006. The Company agreed to settle these cases for $5.8 million and a settlement distribution, including payment to the attorneys for fees and costs occurred on January 11, 2007. The court has scheduled a hearing regarding the final accounting of the settlement funds for October 2, 2007.
 
On September 11, 2006, plaintiff Caren Bufil commenced a lawsuit against the Company; the claims in Bufil are substantially similar to the claims in Chin. Bufil seeks class certification of the action against the Company for failure to provide meal and rest periods, failure to provide accurate wage statements and unlawful, unfair and fraudulent business practices under California law. The suit seeks an unspecified amount of damages and other relief. The Company filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings, arguing that the Bufil case is duplicative of the Chin case and should be dismissed. Plaintiff filed her motion for class certification. The Company’s motion was granted, and Bufil’s motion was denied. Bufil has appealed both rulings, and her appellate brief will be filed shortly. The Company expects briefing to be completed by the end of October 2007 with a decision on the issues in early 2008.
 
At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from the Bufil case.
 
On April 26, 2007, San Francisco City Attorney filed a complaint in the name of the People of the State of California in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Francisco, against Monetary Management of California, Inc. and Money Mart Express, Inc. (collectively the “Money Mart Entities”). OPCO is the parent of the Money Mart Entities. The complaint alleges that the Money Mart Entities have engaged in unlawful and deceptive business practices in violation of California Business and Professions Code section 17200 by either making or brokering installment loans in California in violation of the prohibition on usury contained in the California Constitution and the California Finance Lenders Law and that they have otherwise violated the California Finance Lenders Law and the California Deferred Deposit Transaction Law. The complaint seeks broad injunctive relief as well as civil penalties. The Company denies the allegations of the complaint. The Money Mart Entities answered the complaint on May 25, 2007. On May 29, 2007, all defendants removed the case to the United States Court for the Northern District of California (No. C 07-02789 JSW). On August 20, 2007, the Court issued an order remanding the case to state court. The Company is unable to state whether an outcome unfavorable to the Company is either probable or remote, nor is the Company able to estimate the amount or range of loss in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
 
We The People Legal Proceedings
 
The Company’s business model for its legal document preparation services business is being challenged in the courts, as described below, which could result in the Company’s discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions. The principal litigation for the We The People (“WTP”) business unit is as follows:
 
The company from which the Company bought the assets of its WTP business, We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (the “Former WTP”), certain of its franchisees and/or WTP are defendants in various lawsuits. These actions, which are pending in Ohio, Kansas and Oregon state courts, allege violations


93


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

We The People Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
of the unauthorized practice of law (“UPL”) statutes and various consumer protection statutes of those states. There are presently three stores operated by franchisees in these three states. These cases seek damages and/or injunctive relief, which could prevent the Company and/or its franchisees from processing legal documents in accordance with the Company’s present business model. The Oregon Bar case was commenced against its local franchisee in March 2006 and was amended to include WTP as a party in August 2006. The parties have agreed to the terms of a stipulated injunction that needs to be approved and signed by the Court. The Ohio State Bar Association case has been pending since February 2006; in April 2007, WTP reached a settlement with the plaintiff, the Ohio State Bar, by agreeing to pay $20,000 in civil penalties for two counts of UPL by its franchisee. Prosecution costs could be assessed against WTP. The Ohio stipulation must be reviewed and accepted by the Ohio Supreme Court and that review is expected sometime in the next three to six months. In Kansas, the U.S. Bankruptcy Trustee has filed seven lawsuits on behalf of seven WTP customers, alleging that WTP and certain franchisees violated previous stipulations and is seeking an injunction against WTP in preparing any further bankruptcy petitions. WTP is engaged in finalizing a settlement to resolve these cases that will permit WTP to offer bankruptcy petition services in Kansas but at a fee lower than in many other states.
 
In October, 2005, the Company filed an action against the Former WTP, Inc., Ira Distenfield and Linda Distenfield (collectively, the “IDLD Parties”) in the Court of Common Pleas of Chester County, Pennsylvania, alleging that the sellers of the WTP USA business deliberately concealed certain franchise sales from the Company. The Company also asserted breaches of representations and warranties made by the sellers with respect to undisclosed liabilities and other matters arising out of the acquisition. In December 2006, the Company settled the matter with all of the IDLD Parties and as a result the Company received all of the funds (approximately $3.25 million) which had been held in escrow from the acquisition, which are recorded in the Proceeds from legal settlement line item in the Statement of Operations.
 
On July 6, 2006, New Millennium Corporation (“NMC”) filed a complaint against the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, including WTP, and others, including the Former WTP. This case involves a franchise agreement between the Former WTP and NMC dated April 7, 2004 and certain addenda to the agreement. NMC alleged numerous acts of wrongdoing by the Former WTP and persons associated with the Former WTP, including breach of agreement, fraud and violation of the California Franchise Investment Law and essentially alleged that the Company and its subsidiaries were liable as successors in interest. NMC sought unspecified restitution, compensatory damages and exemplary damages. In response, the Company filed a petition to compel arbitration, which has been granted, and the parties are in the process of preparing for an arbitration scheduled for February 2008. The Company believes the material allegations in the complaint with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries are without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On July 24, 2006, Glen Tiorum Moors (“GTM”) filed a complaint against WTP, the Former WTP, and others. The case involved an agreement between GTM and the Former WTP dated June 10, 2004, relating to the ownership and management of a WTP location in Orange County, California. The complaint asserted a number of claims against all the defendants, including breach of contract and contractual interference claims against WTP. GTM sought various forms of relief from all defendants, including compensatory damages of $250,000 and unspecified punitive damages. The parties have stipulated to submit all of their disputes to arbitration, and the parties are in the process of preparing for that arbitration. The Company believes that the material allegations against WTP are without merit and intends to vigorously defend the matter.
 
On January 17, 2007, a lawsuit was filed in the Los Angeles County Superior Court in California by six We The People franchisees against the Company, WTP, the Former WTP, and certain other defendants. The


94


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

We The People Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
complaint alleges, among other causes of action, that defendants breached their franchise agreements with plaintiffs, engaged in fraud and conspiracy to defeat plaintiff’s rights, violated certain statutes relating to antitrust, securities and unfair competition, breached fiduciary duties owed to plaintiffs, and engaged in conduct which resulted in the intentional and negligent infliction of emotional distress on plaintiffs. The lawsuit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory and punitive damages. In response, the Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The Company also filed a petition to compel arbitration, which has been granted, and the parties are in the process of preparing for that arbitration. The Company believes the material allegations in the complaint with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries are without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On or about February 8, 2007, a lawsuit was filed by We The People of Mecklenburg County, LLC, George Hunt and Mary Hunt in the Superior Court of Mecklenburg County, North Carolina against the IDLD Parties, as well as the Company and WTP, as successors in interest. The complaint alleges, among other causes of action, that defendants breached the Franchise Agreement and that the IDLD Parties committed fraud and violated the North Carolina business opportunity statute. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages and recovery of legal fees. The Company removed the case to the Federal Court and is in the process of seeking an order compelling arbitration of the dispute. The Company believes the material allegations in the complaint with respect to the Company and WTP are without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On or about March 27, 2007 Daryl Buchanan, Daniel Buchanan and Paul Lieberman filed a complaint against WTP in the United States District Court in Connecticut alleging that WTP breached their Franchise Agreement by failing to refund their Franchise Fee of approximately $0.2 million. The parties have agreed to submit this dispute to arbitration where the Company expects to engage in settlement discussions. The Company believes the material allegations in the complaint to be without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On or about April 6, 2007, a lawsuit was filed by Martha and Marty Wasserman, former WTP franchisees, in the US District Court for the Northern District of Texas against the IDLD Parties, as well as the Company and WTP, as successors in interest. The complaint alleges, among other causes of action, that defendants breached the franchise agreement and that the IDLD Parties committed fraud and deceptive trade practices and violated the Texas business opportunity statute. The Court granted WTP’s motion to compel arbitration. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, restitution and recovery of legal fees. The Company believes the material allegations in the Complaint with respect to the Company and WTP are without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously.
 
On May 8, 2007, WTP’s legal department met with the New York State Attorney General’s Office, Consumer Affairs Division, which had been investigating WTP operation in the New York City area for over three years. The AG’s Office alleged that WTP engaged in unfair business practices, including deceptive advertising, that harmed New York consumers. The AG’s Office demanded that WTP enter into an Agreed Order of Discontinuance (“AOD”) and demanded WTP pay a fine of approximately $0.3 million, plus investigation costs. WTP denied the allegations and requested that the AG’s Office hold the Former New York City WTP owners liable for the alleged misconduct. The parties are presently negotiating the final terms of the AOD.
 
On May 10, 2007, WTP franchisee Rosann Pennisi and her company, WTP of Westchester Square, sued the Company, Ira and Linda Distenfield, IDLD, and WTP in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. The complaint alleges breach of franchise agreement, tortuous interference with franchise agreement, breach of the


95


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

We The People Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unfair competition against defendants and breach of contract and deception and misrepresentation, unjust enrichment, fraudulent concealment of material facts against the Distenfields and IDLD, Inc. and seeks over $9.0 million in damages. WTPUSA and the Company deny the allegations and have filed a motion to compel arbitration.
 
On May 28, 2007, the United States Trustee for the Eastern District of Missouri filed a complaint against the WTP franchisee in St. Louis, Missouri and WTPUSA. The complaint alleges that defendants engaged in the unauthorized practice of law and charged unreasonable fees for bankruptcy petition preparation services in violation of Section 110 of the Bankruptcy Code. The franchisee and WTPUSA deny the allegations and intend to defend the action vigorously.
 
It is the Company’s opinion that many of the WTP related litigation matters relate to actions undertaken by the Distenfields, IDLD, Inc. and the Former WTP when they owned or managed We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc., during the period of time prior to the acquisition of the assets of the Former WTP by the Company. However, in many of these actions, the Company and WTP have been included as defendants in these cases as well. At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of any of the aforementioned matters against WTP or the Company or any other Company litigation as well.
 
In addition to the matters described above, the Company continues to respond to inquiries it receives from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities from time to time as a routine part of its business regarding its legal document processing services business and its WTP franchisees.
 
While the Company believes there is no legal basis for liability in any of the aforementioned cases, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company does not expect that the ultimate cost to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
15.   Credit Risk
 
At June 30, 2006 and 2007, OPCO had 9 and 10, respectively, bank accounts in major U.S. financial institutions in the aggregate amount of $85.0 million and $151.7 million, respectively, which exceeded Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit protection limits. The Canadian Federal Banking system provides customers with similar deposit insurance through the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation (“CDIC”). At June 30, 2006 and 2007, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary had 18 and 28 bank accounts, respectively, totaling $6.9 million and $11.9 million, respectively, which exceeded CDIC limits. At June 30, 2006 and 2007 the Company’s United Kingdom operations had 34 and 36 bank accounts, respectively, totaling $11.2 million and $8.6 million. These financial institutions have strong credit ratings and management believes credit risk relating to these deposits is minimal.
 
In December 2006, the Company entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps transactions to hedge against the change in value of the Company’s U.K. and Canadian term loans denominated in a currency other than OPCO’s foreign subsidiaries’ respective functional currency. Under these cross-currency interest rate swap agreements with the Company’s two swap counter-parties, the Company hedged $375 million of it’s debt. These financial institutions have strong credit ratings and management believes the credit risk related to these swaps is minimal. The aggregate unamortized national amount of the swaps at June 30, 2007 is $374.8 million.


96


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Credit Risk (continued)
 
Prior to June 2007 the Company originated consumer loans on behalf of a domestic bank. For these consumer loans, at the time the funds were advanced to the borrower, the borrower signed a note and provided the lender with a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate an automated clearinghouse charge to the borrower’s checking account for the loan principal plus a finance charge; on the due date of the loan (which was generally set at a date on or near the borrower’s next payday), the check or automated clearinghouse debit was presented for payment.
 
The Company formerly acted as a servicer for County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware and as a servicer for First Bank of Delaware (“First Bank”). On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limited the period during which a borrower could have a short-term single-payment loan outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, the Company announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, it would transition away from bank-funded single payment consumer loans to company-funded single payment loans.
 
As of June 30, 2006, all of the Company’s retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, had transitioned to the company-funded consumer loan model. Historically the Company marketed and serviced bank-funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, the Company was advised by First Bank, which has been the lender in these consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans has not had a material impact on the Company’s operations. The Company has also implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at its six Texas stores under the terms of which, beginning in June 2006, the Company guaranties, originates and services loans for a non-bank lender that complies with Texas law.
 
First Bank has historically been the lender in the Company’s CustomCash® domestic installment loan program. Acting in response to certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program, First Bank advised the Company that, effective April 2007, it would no longer distribute consumer loans through third-party retail locations and instead would distribute such loans only through its own branch offices and the Internet. To date, the Company has not been authorized by First Bank to distribute the CustomCash® product over the Internet. Accordingly, the Company continues to transition its CustomCash® installment loan product customers to its company-funded short-term single payment loan. In July 2007, the Company began offering a company-funded installment loan product in its New Mexico stores and will review the performance of the product for potential introduction in other states. On August 31, 2007, the Company launched an internet short-term loan site for residents of California and plan to expand to other geographic areas over time.
 
The Company also originates unsecured short-term single-payment loans to borrowers for its own account in Canada, the United Kingdom and in most United States markets. The Company bears the entire risk of loss related to these loans. In the United States, these loans are made for amounts up to $1,000, with terms of 7 to 37 days. In Canada, loans are issued to qualified borrowers based on a percentage of the borrowers’ income with terms of 1 to 35 days. The Company issues loans in the United Kingdom for up to GBP600, with a term of 30 days. The Company originated or extended approximately $964.9 million of the single-payment consumer loans during fiscal 2006 and approximately $1,331.4 million during fiscal 2007. In addition, the Company acted as a direct lender of longer-term installment loans in the United Kingdom and in certain United States and Canadian markets. In the United States for fiscal 2007, the Company originated 70,620 installment loans with an average principal amount of $736 and a weighted average term of approximately 55 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its locations in the United States of approximately


97


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Credit Risk (continued)
 
$52.0 million in fiscal 2007. In Canada, for fiscal 2007, the Company originated 3,490 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,351 and a weighted average term of approximately 257 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its locations in Canada of approximately $4.7 million in fiscal 2007. In Canada, for fiscal 2006, the Company originated 4,200 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,260 and a weighted average term of approximately 182 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its locations in Canada of approximately $5.3 million in fiscal 2006.
 
In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2007, the Company originated 8,824 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,416 and a weighted average term of approximately 379 days. In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2006, the Company originated 8,725 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,294 and a weighted average term of approximately 365 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its locations in the United Kingdom of approximately $12.5 million in fiscal 2007 and $11.3 million in fiscal 2006. Outstanding installment loan receivable at June 30, 2007 is $0.9 million, $10.1 million and $2.1 million in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada, respectively.
 
The Company had approximately $81.9 million of net consumer loans on its balance sheet at June 30, 2007 and approximately $53.6 million on June 30, 2006. These amounts are reflected in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net at June 30, 2007 and 2006 are reported net of a reserve of $8.6 million and $5.4 million, respectively, related to consumer lending. Net charge-offs for company-originated loans, which are charged against the allowance for loan losses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $36.2 million, $21.4 million and $14.3 million, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, total consumer lending revenue, net earned by the Company was $181.6 million, $132.2 million and $123.6 million, respectively.
 
Activity in the allowance for loan losses during the fiscal years ended 2005, 2006 and 2007 was as follows (in thousands):
 
Allowances for Loan Losses
 
                                                 
    Balance at
    Provision
    Foreign
    Transfer to
             
    Beginning of
    Charged to
    Currency
    Other
    Net Charge-
    Balance at
 
Description
  Period     Loan Revenues     Translation     Accounts     Offs     End of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
                                               
Loan loss allowance
  $ 5,365     $ 6,126     $ (464 )   $     $ (2,404 )   $ 8,623  
Defaulted loan allowance
    11,694       32,884       (638 )           (25,895 )     18,045  
June 30, 2006
                                               
Loan loss allowance
    2,747       16,651       158       (13,479 )     (712 )     5,365  
Defaulted loan allowance
          7,249       273       13,479       (9,307 )     11,694  
June 30, 2005
                                               
Loan loss allowance
  $ 2,315     $ 14,793     $ (28 )   $     $ (14,333 )   $ 2,747  


98


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
16.   Capital Stock
 
On June 16, 2006, the Company announced the pricing of an underwritten offering of 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $16.65 per share. On June 21, 2006, the Company received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering. The following table summarizes the use of funds (in millions):
 
         
Redeem a portion of OPCO’s outstanding principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 at a redemption price of 109.75%:
       
Principal
  $ 70.0  
Accrued interest
    1.3  
Redemption premium
    6.8  
         
Total cost of the partial redemption of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
    78.1  
Pay estimated fees and expenses with respect to the offering and the related transactions
    0.6  
Use the remaining proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes
    2.1  
         
Total use of net proceeds
  $ 80.8  
         
 
17.   Geographic Segment Information
 
All operations for which geographic data is presented below are in one principal industry (check cashing and ancillary services) (in thousands):
 
                                 
    United
          United
       
    States     Canada     Kingdom     Total  
 
2005
                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 160,329     $ 117,987     $ 109,540     $ 387,856  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    87,535       42,459       56,196       186,190  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    46,596       43,686       38,466       128,748  
Consumer lending:
                               
Fees from consumer lending
    78,495       48,680       25,829       153,004  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing revenue
    (17,827 )     (5,819 )     (5,779 )     (29,425 )
                                 
Consumer lending, net
    60,668       42,861       20,050       123,579  
Money transfers
    4,239       6,845       3,687       14,771  
Franchise fees and royalities
    2,982       4,167             7,149  
Other
    3,643       10,665       3,011       17,319  
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    118,128       108,224       65,214       291,566  
Interest expense, net
    30,226       650       3,002       33,878  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,739       3,240       2,023       11,002  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    8,097                   8,097  
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (35,052 )     38,251       16,430       19,629  
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (52 )     15,172       4,866       19,986  


99


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
17.   Geographic Segment Information (continued)
 
                                 
    United
          United
       
    States     Canada     Kingdom     Total  
 
2006
                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 257,655     $ 162,603     $ 131,567     $ 551,825  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    97,860       61,091       59,615       218,566  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    48,186       52,096       42,188       142,470  
Consumer lending:
                               
Fees from consumer lending
    60,487       69,999       32,102       162,588  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing revenue
    (14,372 )     (9,070 )     (6,925 )     (30,367 )
                                 
Consumer lending, net
    46,115       60,929       25,177       132,221  
Money transfers
    4,624       8,334       4,247       17,205  
Franchise fees and royalties
    5,655       5,302             10,957  
Other
    7,620       14,001       4,047       25,668  
                                 
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    112,200       140,662       75,659       328,521  
Interest expense, net
    27,835       (994 )     2,861       29,702  
Depreciation and amortization
    4,906       3,923       2,660       11,489  
Litigation settlement costs
    5,800                   5,800  
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (33,304 )     55,262       12,521       34,479  
Income tax provision
    1,847       21,307       4,360       27,514  
 

100


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
17.   Geographic Segment Information (continued)
 
                                 
    United
          United
       
    States     Canada     Kingdom     Total  
 
2007
                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 272,639     $ 403,476     $ 157,504     $ 833,619  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    94,459       179,665       67,557       341,681  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    48,435       66,646       51,673       166,754  
Consumer lending:
                               
Fees from consumer lending
    73,611       110,010       43,824       227,445  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing revenue
    (22,299 )     (13,692 )     (9,808 )     (45,799 )
                                 
Consumer lending, net
    51,312       96,318       34,016       181,646  
Money transfers
    4,325       11,678       4,876       20,879  
Franchise fees and royalties
    3,877       3,081             6,958  
Other
    5,757       21,121       6,818       33,696  
                                 
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    113,706       198,844       97,383       409,933  
Interest expense, net
    13,723       11,634       6,105       31,462  
Depreciation and amortization
    4,295       4,545       4,005       12,845  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    31,784                   31,784  
Goodwill impairment and other charges
    24,301                   24,301  
Mark to market — term loan
          8,362       (811 )     7,551  
Reserve for (proceeds from) litigation settlements
    (3,256 )                 (3,256 )
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (70,032 )     57,757       17,807       5,532  
Income tax provision
    7,062       25,303       5,370       37,735  
 
18.   Related Party Transactions
 
On October 30, 2006, the Company completed the refinancing of its existing credit facilities and entered into a new $475 million credit facility, the New Credit Agreement. In connection with the New Credit Agreement, a former member of the Company’s Board of Directors participated as a lender under the New Credit Agreement in the amount of $10.0 million.

101


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) is the change in equity from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, which includes foreign currency translation and fair value adjustments for cash flow hedges. The following shows the comprehensive income (loss) for the periods stated (in thousands):
 
                         
    June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (357 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    6,729       14,088       2,940  
Fair value adjustments for cash flow hedges, net (1),(2)
    (36 )     (338 )     4,426  
                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 6,336     $ 20,715     $ (24,837 )
                         
 
 
(1) Net of $71 thousand, $114 thousand and $2.2 million of tax for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
(2) Net of $816 thousand, $745 thousand and $774 thousand for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively which was reclassified into earnings.
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of related tax, consisted of net unrealized gains on put option derivatives of $298 thousand and net unrealized losses on derivatives used in cash flow hedging transactions of $4.3 million at June 30, 2007 compared to net unrealized gains on put option derivatives of $374 thousand and net unrealized losses on derivatives used in cash flow hedging transactions of $0 at June 30, 2006.
 
20.   Unaudited Quarterly Operating Results
 
Summarized quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
 
                                         
                            Year
 
          Three Months Ended           Ended
 
    September 30     December 31     March 31     June 30     June 30,  
    (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands except per share data)  
 
Fiscal 2007:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 91,713     $ 102,098     $ 107,062     $ 109,060     $ 409,933  
Income before income taxes
  $ 5,830     $ (36,962 )   $ 18,910     $ 17,754     $ 5,532  
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,744 )   $ (52,432 )   $ 11,692     $ 10,281     $ (32,203 )
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.07 )   $ (2.23 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.43     $ (1.37 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.07 )   $ (2.23 )   $ 0.48     $ 0.42     $ (1.37 )
Fiscal 2006:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 74,465     $ 80,667     $ 86,459     $ 86,930     $ 328,521  
Income before income taxes
  $ 6,837     $ 9,133     $ 7,516     $ 10,993     $ 34,479  
Net (loss) income
  $ 2,299     $ 3,018     $ (291 )   $ 1,939     $ 6,965  
Basic (loss) earnings per share
  $ 0.13     $ 0.17     $ (0.02 )   $ 0.10     $ 0.38  
Diluted (loss) earnings per share
  $ 0.12     $ 0.16     $ (0.02 )   $ 0.10     $ 0.37  
 
21.   Subsequent Event
 
On August 30, 2007, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 45 financial services stores principally located in the midwest and Hawaii. The total aggregate


102


Table of Contents

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
purchase price for this acquisition was $27.0 million cash in addition to a payment for the cash in stores at closing. On August 30, 2007, the Company closed on 22 of the 45 stores for aggregate consideration of $14.4 million cash. An additional $1.0 million was paid into an escrow account pending obtaining lease assignments for certain store locations. Proceeds from the Company’s 2.875% convertible notes were used to fund the purchase. The Company will close on the remaining 23 stores when certain business licenses are obtained.


103


Table of Contents

 
Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
Directors and Officers
 
The information required by this Item 10 with respect to directors, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee financial experts and Section 16(a) compliance will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”)
 
The information regarding our executive officers required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part I Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
 
We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, as well as other senior officers. The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at http://www.dfg.com/ethics.asp. Amendments to this Code and any grant of a waiver from a provision of the Code requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will be disclosed on the Company’s website.
 
Item 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.


104


Table of Contents

 
Item 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
 
The information regarding shares authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans approved by stockholders and not approved by stockholders required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Employee Equity Incentive Plans.”
 
The information regarding our equity incentive plans required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part II, Item 7 titled “Employee Equity Incentive Plans,” and Part II, Item 8 “Note 3: Stock Option Plan” in of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)   Documents Filed as Part of this Report.
 
(1) Financial Statements. All financial statements required to be filed by Item 8 of Form 10-K and included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in Item 8 hereof. No additional financial statements are filed herein or are attached as exhibits hereto.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted here because they are not applicable, not required or the information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.
 
(3) Exhibits.
 
         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  3 .1(a)   Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(1)
  3 .1(b)   Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(1)
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(4)
  3 .3(a)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Corp.
  3 .3(b)   Certificate of Change of Dollar Financial Group, Inc. (15)
  3 .4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar Financial Corp.(8)
  4 .1(a)   Indenture dated June 27, 2007, between Dollar Financial Corp. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (25)
  4 .1(b)   Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated October 27, 2006 among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., a New York corporation, Dollar Financial Corp., a Delaware corporation (“DFC”), the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (20)
  4 .3   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2005, between WTP Acquisition Corp., a direct subsidiary of Dollar Financial Group, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the indenture. (15)


105


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  4 .4   Indenture dated as of November 13, 2003, among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. National Bank Association as Trustee with respect to Dollar Financial Group, Inc.’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011.(5)
  4 .5   Form of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 with Guarantees endorsed thereon. (included in 4.4)
  4 .6   Registration Rights Agreement dated June 27, 2007 by and among Dollar Financial Corp. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Bear, Sterns & Co. Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers. (25)
  4 .7   Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, for $30,000,000 Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 9.75% Senior Notes Due 2011. (13)
  4 .8   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2004, by and among the Dollar Financial Group, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein), and the Initial Purchaser (as defined therein). (15)
  10 .1(a)   Credit Agreement among Dollar Financial Corp., Dollar Financial Group, Inc., National Money Mart Company, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as documentation agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as syndication agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and as security trustee, dated as of October 30, 2006. (20)
  10 .1(b)   First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 22, 2007, among Dollar Financial Corp., certain subsidiaries of Dollar Financial Corp., parties thereto, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo National Association and the lenders party thereto. (24)
  10 .1(c)   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated June 20, 2007, among Dollar Financial Corp., certain subsidiaries of Dollar Financial Corp. parties thereto, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo National Association and the lenders party thereto. (24)
  10 .2   Dollar Financial Corp. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .3   Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. (10)
  10 .4   Dollar Financial Corp. Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. (26)
  10 .5   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. (12)
  10 .6   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. (12)
  10 .7   Dollar Financial Corp. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2005. (17)
  10 .8   Dollar Financial Corp. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of June 28, 2007. (26)
  10 .9   Dollar Financial Corp. Supplemental Executive Conditional Deferred Award Plan for U.K. Participants. (26)
  10 .10   Dollar Financial Corp. Supplemental Executive Deferred Award Plan for Canadian Participants. (27)
  10 .11   Dollar Financial Corp. Special Retention Award Letter to Randy Underwood. (27)
  10 .12   Dollar Financial Corp. Special Retention Award Letter to Paul Mildenstein. (27)
  10 .13   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2006 Cash Bonus Plan
  10 .14   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2007 Cash Bonus Plan
  10 .15   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2008 Cash Bonus Plan
  10 .16   Dollar Financial Corp. 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan
  10 .17   Dollar Financial Corp. Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003, by and among Green Equity Investors II, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P. Bridge Street Fund 1998, GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P. a Delaware limited partnership, Ares Leveraged Investment Fund L.P, a Delaware limited partnership, Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, C.L. Jeffrey, Sheila Jeffrey, certain signatories thereto and Dollar Financial Corp.(4)

106


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .18   Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2004, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Green Equity Investors II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P. and Jeffrey Weiss.(8)
  10 .19   Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2004, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Green Equity Investors II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., and Jeffrey Weiss.(9)
  10 .20   Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2003, by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp. and Jeffrey Weiss.(6)
  10 .21   Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2003, by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp. and Donald Gayhardt.(6)
  10 .22   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement by and among Donald Gayhardt, the Company and DFG, dated April 9, 2007. (23)
  10 .23   Employment letter dated July 28, 2005, by and between Dollar Financial Group, Inc. and Roy Hibberd. (19)
  10 .24   Offer Letter, dated March 21, 2007, by and between the Company and Norman Miller. (22)
  10 .25   Employment Agreement by and among Norman Miller, the Company and DFG, dated as of April 9, 2007. (23)
  10 .26   Employment Agreement by and among Randy Underwood, the Company and DFG, dated as of April 9, 2007. (23)
  10 .27   Employment Agreement by and among Roy Hibberd, the Company and DFG, dated as of April 9, 2007. (23)
  10 .28   Employment Agreement by and between National Money Mart and Sydney Franchuk dated April 9, 2007. (23)
  10 .29   Service Agreement dated April 4, 2005, by and between Dollar Financial UK Ltd. and Paul Mildenstein. (18)
  10 .30   Employment Letter, dated June 30, 2004, by and between Dollar Financial Corp. and Randall Underwood. (15)
  10 .31   Letter Agreement dated as of February 2, 2005, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Dollar Financial Group, Inc. and Jeffrey Weiss. (11)
  10 .32   Letter Agreement with Donald Gayhardt for the Acceleration of Options, dated June 30, 2005. (14)
  10 .33   Letter Agreement with Jeff Weiss for the Acceleration of Options, dated June 30, 2005. (14)
  10 .34(a)   Amended and Restated Nonexclusive Servicing and Indemnification Agreement, dated June 14, 2002, between County Bank and Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(3)
  10 .34(b)   Termination of Amended and Restated Nonexclusive Servicing and Indemnification Agreement dated June 14, 2002, dated June 15, 2005. (16)
  10 .35   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.(7)
  10 .36   Form of Guaranty. (15)
  10 .37   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Document for the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (15)
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a - 14(a) or Section 240.15d - 14(a)
  31 .2   Certification of President Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a - 14(a) or Section 240.15d - 14(a)

107


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  31 .3   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a - 14(a) or Section 240.15d - 14(a)
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .2   Certification of President Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .3   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  (1)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on December 19, 1996 (File No. 333-18221)
  (2)     Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on September 29, 1997 (File No. 333-18221)
  (3)     Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on October 1, 2002 (File No. 333-18221)
  (4)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on December 23, 2003 (File No. 333-111473)
  (5)     Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on January 14, 2004 (File No. 333-111473)
  (6)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 12, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (7)     Incorporated by reference to the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 3, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (8)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 7, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (9)     Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 16, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (10)     Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on January 27, 2005 (File No. 333-113570)
  (11)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on February 9, 2005 (File No. 333-18221)
  (12)     Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on February 11, 2005 (File No. 000-50866)
  (13)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 24, 2005 (File No. 000-50866)
  (14)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 7, 2005 (File No. 000-50866)
  (15)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 28, 2005 (File No. 333-126951-17)
  (16)     Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on August 11, 2005. (File No. 333-126951-17)
  (17)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on May 18, 2006 (File No. 333-134262)
  (18)     Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on September 13, 2006 (File No. 000-50866)
  (19)     Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on September 18, 2006 (File No. 333-18221)
  (20)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on November 2, 2006 (File No. 333-18221)

108


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  (21)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on February 23, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (22)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on March 23, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (23)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on April 13, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (24)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 26, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (25)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 27, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (26)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 5, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (27)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 19, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)

109


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant named below has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Berwyn, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on September 11, 2007.
 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
  By: 
/s/  DONALD GAYHARDT
Donald Gayhardt
President
 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  JEFFREY A. WEISS

Jeffrey A. Weiss
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)   September 11, 2007
         
/s/  DONALD GAYHARDT

Donald Gayhardt
  President and Director   September 11, 2007
         
/s/  RANDY UNDERWOOD

Randy Underwood
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   September 11, 2007
         
/s/  DAVID JESSICK

David Jessick
  Director   September 11, 2007
         
/s/  KENNETH SCHWENKE

Kenneth Schwenke
  Director   September 11, 2007
         
/s/  CLIVE KAHN

Clive Kahn
  Director   September 11, 2007
         
/s/  JOHN GAVIN

John Gavin
  Director   September 11, 2007
 
The registrant has not sent (1) any annual report to security holders covering the registrant’s last fiscal year or (2) any proxy statement, form of proxy or other proxy soliciting material to more than 10 of the registrant’s security holders with respect to any annual or other meeting of security holders.


110

EX-10.13 2 w39492exv10w13.htm FISCAL 2006 EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN exv10w13
 

Exhibit 10.13
Fiscal 2006 Executive Bonus Plan
The Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) of Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) adopted a cash bonus plan for fiscal 2006 (the “2006 Plan”) in which the key management of the Company participated including Randy Underwood, Sydney Franchuk and Cameron Hetherington, who were each named executive officers of the Company. The 2006 Plan set forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, subject to increase based upon achievement of certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) goals of the overall company and, in the case of certain management employees, the performance of the business unit in which they operated. The maximum bonus opportunity for the named executive officers who participated in the 2006 Plan was as follows: (i) Randy Underwood, 120%; (ii) Sydney Franchuk, 100% and (iii) Cameron Hertherington, 90%. The Compensation Committee and/or the Board determined the EBITDA operating targets on which the bonuses paid pursuant to the 2006 Plan were based. The Compensation Committee and/or the Board retained the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2006 Plan at any time. The bonuses under the 2006 Plan were calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s annual financial results for fiscal 2006. Each Employee must have been employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

 

EX-10.14 3 w39492exv10w14.htm FISCAL 2007 EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN exv10w14
 

Exhibit 10.14
Fiscal 2007 Executive Bonus Plan
The Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) of Dollar Financial Corp. (“Company”) adopted a cash bonus plan for fiscal 2007 (the “2007 Plan”), in which the key management of the Company participated, including Randy Underwood, Sydney Franchuk and Paul Mildenstein, each of whom were named executive officers of the Company. The 2007 Plan set forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, subject to increase based upon achievement of certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) goals of the overall company and, in the case of a number of the 2007 Plan participants, the performance of the business unit in which they operated. The target bonus award for the named executive officers who participated in the 2007 Plan was as follows: (i) Randy Underwood, 60%; (ii) Sydney Franchuk, 50%; and (iii) Paul Mildenstein, 50%. The maximum bonus opportunity was as follows: (i) Randy Underwood, 120%;(ii) Sydney Franchuk, 100%; and (iii) Paul Mildenstein, 100%. The Compensation Committee and/or the Board determined the EBITDA operating targets and methodology on which the bonuses were paid pursuant to the 2007 Plan based upon methods used historically by the Company.
The Compensation Committee and/or the Board of Directors of the Company retained the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2007 Plan at any time. The bonuses under the 2007 Plan were calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s annual financial results for fiscal 2007. Each employee must have been employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

 

EX-10.15 4 w39492exv10w15.htm FISCAL YEAR 2008 EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT BONUS PLAN exv10w15
 

Exhibit 10.15
Fiscal Year 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan
The Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) of Dollar Financial Corp. adopted the 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan which provides bonus opportunities to those members of Dollar Financial Corp.’s executive management who have global strategic management responsibilities, including Jeffrey Weiss, Donald Gayhardt, and Randy Underwood, who are each named executive officers of Dollar Financial Corp. The 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan sets forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, which percentage is subject to increase based upon the Company’s achievement of certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) goals.
The target bonus award for Randy Underwood under the 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan is 80% and the maximum bonus opportunity is 160%. The target bonus award and the maximum bonus opportunity for Jeffrey Weiss and for Donald Gayhardt under the 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan are each determined pursuant to the bonus provisions contained in their respective employment agreements, which have been previously filed by the Company as Exhibits to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2004.
The Compensation Committee and/or the Board will determine the EBITDA operating targets and methodology on which the bonuses are paid pursuant to the 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan based upon methods used historically by the Company. The Committee and/or the Board retain the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan at any time. The bonuses under the 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan will be calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s annual financial results for fiscal year 2008. Each employee must be employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

 

EX-10.16 5 w39492exv10w16.htm 2008 KEY MANAGEMENT BONUS PROGRAM exv10w16
 

Exhibit 10.16
2008 Key Management Bonus Program
The Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) adopted and the Board approved a cash bonus plan for fiscal year 2008 (the “2008 Key Management Bonus Plan”) pursuant to which certain key management personnel of the Company will participate, including Sydney Franchuk and Paul Mildenstein, who are each named executive officers of the Company. The 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan sets forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, which percentage is subject to increase based upon the achievement of certain EBITDA goals of the overall company and of the performance of the business unit in which each participant operates. The target bonus award for the named executive officers participating in the 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan is as follows: (i) Sydney Franchuk, 60%; and (ii) Paul Mildenstein, 50%. The maximum bonus opportunity for the named executive officers participating in the 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan is as follows: (i) Sydney Franchuk, 120%; and (ii) Paul Mildenstein, 100%.
The Committee and/or the Board will determine the EBITDA operating targets and methodology on which the bonuses are paid pursuant to the 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan based upon methods used historically by the Company. The Committee and/or the Board retain the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan at any time. The bonuses under the 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan will be calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s annual financial results for fiscal year 2008. Each employee must be employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

 

EX-23.1 6 w39492exv23w1.htm CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM exv23w1
 

Exhibit 23.1
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Dollar Financial Corp. of our reports dated September 12, 2007, with respect to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Dollar Financial Corp., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Dollar Financial Corp., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-134262) pertaining to the Dollar Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-123320) pertaining to the Dollar Financial Corp. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan;
 
(3) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-139580) of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 12, 2007


109

EX-31.1 7 w39492exv31w1.htm CERTIFICATION OF JEFFREY A. WEISS exv31w1
 

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Jeffrey A. Weiss, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Jeffrey A. Weiss
Jeffrey A. Weiss
Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: September 13, 2007


110

EX-31.2 8 w39492exv31w2.htm CERTIFICATION OF DONALD GAYHARDT exv31w2
 

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Donald Gayhardt, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Donald Gayhardt
Donald Gayhardt
President
 
Date: September 13, 2007


111

EX-31.3 9 w39492exv31w3.htm CERTIFICATION OF RANDY UNDERWOOD exv31w3
 

Exhibit 31.3
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Randy Underwood, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report finan-cial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Randy Underwood
Randy Underwood
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: September 13, 2007


112

EX-32.1 10 w39492exv32w1.htm CERTIFICATION SECTION 906 FOR JEFFREY A. WEISS exv32w1
 

Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a — 14(b) or Rule 15d — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/  Jeffrey A. Weiss
Jeffrey A. Weiss
Chief Executive Officer
 
September 13, 2007


113

EX-32.2 11 w39492exv32w2.htm CERTIFICATION SECTION 906 FOR DONALD GAYHARDT exv32w2
 

Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a — 14(b) or Rule 15d — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/  Donald Gayhardt
Donald Gayhardt
President
 
September 13, 2007


114

EX-32.3 12 w39492exv32w3.htm CERTIFICATION SECTION 906 FOR RANDY UNDERWOOD exv32w3
 

Exhibit 32.3
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a — 14(b) or Rule 15d — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/  Randy Underwood
Randy Underwood
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
September 13, 2007


115

GRAPHIC 13 w39492w3949201.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 w39492w3949201.gif M1TE&.#EA40(<`=4@`,#`P$!`0("`@/____#P\*"@H.#@X-#0T&!@8!`0$+"P ML#`P,'!P<"`@(%!04)"0D']_?[^_OS\_/P\/#R\O+Q\?'^_O[]_?WX^/C\_/ MST]/3Z^OKV]O;U]?7Y^?GP```/___P`````````````````````````````` M```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M`````````````````````````````````"'Y!`$``"``+`````!1`AP!``;_ M0)!P2"P:C\BD$PNF\_HM'K-;KO?\+A\ M3J_;[_B\?A\G"`("0P<%!0=##P`/?(N,C8Z/D)&2`@H*"X$$#D(.!"`"`"`` M@9*DI::GJ*FJ(`:@(`H!(`^C`HH)0[>KNKN\O;Z_6``((`ZN``X'L4(!AL#. MS]#1THT(!B`!QMC*UZ[3WM_@X:H$S6B#R]D`V]A'!1_O\/'R\_3U]O?X^?K[ M_/W^_P`#"AQ(L*#!@P@3*ES(4.$V,P8*#&&@0(@"!@06#%G0R8B`4>)"BAQ) M,HTZ-`04@2`````#(0Q`!>A$X"&1CR5SZMS)4\I)_S,9X36`>>#`2Q!&03`H M5P1GSZ=0H^;\Z:8H$98=CSB5RK6K5V!4&VW]2K:L64AA&8T]R[:MVSAI%ZU] M2[>N73!Q^OWR=Y]^S]2[@PXS-@MXCR*&TN>S/4QGLB4,VLN M:?D.YLV@0T_K;.>SZ-.H>9&N8SJUZ]>D5M-I#;NV[3VRY]"^S;LW7)MR0?H> M3IQ.;CF[BRM?[N5XG.3,HP\_T+)Z2Z9.G,.!+KV[[0`0PHN'`)R)]C?B968"1UI3BA\) ML!.&DVB(2>>@0A1@YGLB"M-G`5DU8@`#"11#!J!G"$KHG.Y(*&$S!!29``)6 MYF$``A]48P:E9EAZJ90/)(!=$@8(D*4`>MZAJ*EGH%J&JJOZB("K4BA`:@", M&EBLM:*!I99O M;"O_1K?>WF?``L-T(>P'#K@YQIKHPJ%N&.RVZ]T!GX8Q[:>O;L&GG[^%*:>_ MS0*0@+UAC-O``^6*"RG"1$K4(Q+S$`:3B:NO*R+7L,IF_VGR&47A2/$21FD(HA#H)9)N'QE]P_/-M MSX8KA\CT5B1`!"!*`$O3C3[-\W,^3^TBN&'+,7,""W"]GP3Y,@*U%U*;[=J[ M"*1=1S)NPR.'J#8^Y=J]8FEKA[BSO2.!$CLM22GM4E\;CHD@4-_PG225M^1JE&D/`O=("1`P51@_7WWYMAF>FOKL<_E!*^M8*VO2``R@``=(P`(: M\(`(3*`"%\C`!CKP@1",H`0G2$$")N`#%8P05\S@KY0X`#W3D`88X1_!D03SJ05$YMIOB$:7@.@!T0@&? M*%?LD$"^+YX%6LH[C?JPT$8W?O\%>[:9XQ7J:$>N9"1OO-&C%?C81ZC8KS>" MK`(A"\D3@$WN-HFDPB(9F1/-#2>24Y@D)4=2@`24KC:8E((F-PF-%(:1.*&, MPBA)Z8P**`D"'5A`'"%9'M?-LCY/9.59)`"B".12CIHJU`7?P2*KX%*7AN'E M?GS)''7DS!H`F(>]6@(Z9!9&F?!AYG+4,;$A!.`="5#`J#0R!&H>TYI_P>9[ MM*D<;I83'B#)Q=(^F:I?HM./ZG0/.XNCCG6`,RODG&0,^) M4;8DXV'_\SSA2/DB40E\4!T&:``\@$6T4K&NHMP":4M#\BRPO28`'!@`!2[Z M$S06JWL?&8LY`234H7Z#3SJ+8@4L,(`,?$!H"+I0,GXZ4*MR!4OQ0XU$,X"H M@$Y)&=3!C@+Z1%:6FO4IW.SB:P"P@$,I]9@5W-9P0`7$2YQS7@J"&6EBA]8_T`SIHG=J$V7 MNI%X:Q;Q;%GA*XVB.JT1 M!YC`!2+P@:U&(`'H`P,!&@"!KRJ!)0'&("5\.X9^XD/!=F6P,[!*XM)PP`(5 MP(`$DDJ![H[!`1H($6Q![`"=!H`!A:B#B>^!8JJJ&!IH;2]K(,`!7EI@`AO@ MP'N7H(`),\%)M``!""B#`IH0`4D,`'U3J&?GTAA<.MJ9#/[A`^-?>R> M9'5!#,!'`Q@37FH&^:`A^W`6U;3`<"=_K$#K`RB#6`8">`-[@?Z_.= MWP\H>0H?Z"5L8WNA(LD:M[1^`@-X"8%]IXM-]W8#@&MDV""O)`$2>&5X)O#J M)!P@LCX&LF__,,!H;X$Z!1```KX)H@M,5+E)*!(&_VWM@,>VS7\U5U1G+A'Y MEJ$55P!NC?IT7((U:>9`CZJQBP#BG8]WZ,)P-7_=#0`TU!VA@=40`-7UU%DCSM"5)*"B[!]7.Q03,"U M`["`!)8=T:8+(+C?7'<`$%`+`'B9"`B(<00X,`'>H[Q[G8X'`D;.\B==FY*M M*+R<(?2!TPT`;M\DM@*.'P71\P<-:WVRC;.<=^*3=P@#HQ4>%K[N!HS=/1>P M]T<<8/@^`2+1=M<$!3!RH!)F@*!I4%=J,%%]@7)]8W(``=@$V3=R_]O'`(A` M$PDP`=XG`1Z6>2'V8^T66R?D=+*"(VC05VZV:J+08^GE9Z7S*(OB"`?0-B!2 M`?`B`)M%?B_"??#@`!4A']5F?5^T8:GG!!,8?B#X?D5@1`VP@>O6$B2H;D*A M*0@(#QZ4-%%E(B`R1E`@`)3U'AV`01:X4%]3,Y%P=B"R/Y[#"I#"7$X`8A0HAA?X!)SS-IH2=,4'`&\7?$>R=TQ@?BC2!:XS"R,7?+B7 M>Q5P:T1'=P\0@:4A:N_A`4TD-P_A*0P04.RU8,Q!#FR`:A=@;GK#$@\07!,27:/\X!X<$`NJR(H8Y'[>I@1]Z#=8H(J2U7H$YDT2 M=R&M(`K"%@"=%G4?H0#&QT8:B';R9E-&4`#4(G^ID`P3(`$5@&:1$!C3PG4K MU6C1@6H4X'QD@&/O`6.&Y8T:1H-O#*&!`9D02,&_-UPPM,0O`!TX0P@"! MZ&Z:T@#^%R&N`(/$T@OK&!L78D0,6"D.:!COM@%[1HP_Y7L?`7R&]P'DMD[! M.`;O**48D9Q'\&6 M7J``^#"4CN-)^O(!&V"/RU5 M`?!(9:1"R3ES_"60$1(PG!Y0`2$J!BCX'EX5E9'C:C1*G4S`/7ZB#O#C M/[]D*$(2I$]@:]K29JA8!-0Q"SSH0;DII[P`,-"I82;Z*4\UB1'2HET`,!H@ M;Q"P7PFY7/O)?VBZ!&J:#OVC%?^WGX`('D*2J9KZJ:`*=`L0AJ%:JJ8J*V-W MEX57A1Z$G*?ZJK`:J[(JJPR07K,JJ\%'+[>ZJ_^E6JN=Q:O`&JS".JS$.G.- M>&*3J@0W:@S50$*8"JMA>B:?5H6S%2&N*JL+0%D=5JS]Z8[TH$Y/YJG%.J[D M"JPV4JZB"DZ0B:[LVJ[N^J[P^JG'2F3)F@0'2@L2P:`].JQ95`Y]18``/,#)< MQK&,U$]&F32?5J^P9D5#@)W`HP#;V:!1L`"N)"05VK'5,0NZ""%;]VDC69?N MX54#ZZU32+'*:1U-('8G`I=L,:+RP@`H62]D2DG]Y*0U>K22*00EJ@"L&80) M^D2P\)^O)`$+D"516@7_71)H^;2MR\FU5T`J]$F?<7:94G$`?38EFT66'YM> M,6%F,ZH$U.:GF?1+912(9D1:$_(%I@@B#5MB+"2R(N$P\T.W@T8!,-4DGQ@I M!1"UUA08PP)D*.M>=_=-NF8P/KL?>^:XH9&93R!18^=X%1$1CM4`>WMYH=`? M?'6:;/N57]!)"2"W4^"K]K")PP$I.L@`';!,)N4`1D.[K?9A)]MUHL@%!%"K M&_4SF<"C4("&^S$!ONMREN%OT'N8B?I-S,4P&2%XY>=]%0"X!-6W&%*UNCL& MK?(!#W8IA^1NT8I_)\>\K5:$2P._NQ*C5T$JE7LI<]6]L.8^`;"P[K&B`JQ+ M__UTK4`GJ>&+D&5PNVDE)9U4MEFGP*#@#AW`9%[*O^^;J\;YN73SP$8POU0Z M)JY3@!$55>S;4F)VPA4\:VE06%;I(S5A-4QP,EE%PM)F)`)$5SEL>=JB M4P+I(N_""4;X3$1L@.B+>0!L4>C1BIK+&_>[!$*\Q22L#F5KF!;,!HWU#J.+ M'ZK+!,W(`&!,Q%0A,NUG+;D;P!FCI`A<'*W"P4Q3OU-L@"MAPCT8-G6,Q;JQ M:34\&>])4FOWQ\$0"Q(K#S91R$%5!R/T#N4;'3]L:GU6E(_"3,R(JS1*X%:Y+%U\,%>#U1$JQV6L M3!;Y:1WN8RWG,LS4[*-&\F$3E$`$8,`%? M&@8'E5!_XJ]#@K4>G-#]-7QRYH(M\787)!SN#+J.T$D;&,Y\R'@/60$(;04? MO(*!-\-$F1$3L M*'(B;48E+=0E%@OR.0_`XM#_7Y?/6J#4BH.PS+F?/@E`U"H/G4F_0)2PI_8` M'\VS'(1X6BTDCB7#7OW5X"-8ZIHV1ZW,8;*!@`";BO@!R?:S1]*(/UFPZ4G# MK8EY;\=Z#K#39J``(IW)?STIDTS7T!6]E/,V:,2"JJ6$6N``?@5ML%(=`EMX M.AL/FO*K\G@`FMT<)X0`(IW3GPW(2P/9_-@D0=T$$&WH$T,]@`Q MA?W0_V:=!67I):M[VK2XATP@L/S7BRVJ<\SM>D\0U0V,TT"1`'OI'J2&X*#- M6IM&7/SW3V0MAP]>!^2(V2.&!&=GC^41$>HF?IK;=VYS`?AX!G,UWAN@`6.- MXG_R8_0;-J1URDI,$CJ'D9OE32;("IHG8#6^!9U4`7'6PA`!?'Z,Y*>6GDE` M?"^>!&]IU(F@FX'/.&75^!+!P MYWN4YZ5PBW_>%S=,#U=80^2(9."I`>Z74QZ9)52MZ8\+(6M[0G_@Z9($ZJ;^,^HP.,M&`#1=Z*].:_^IU(6N?NL,D^M\ MN.N\WBZ^[@1I'NR#,NS&#>S&WBO(S@3%ONQDTNQ+\.S0+B6YCE)R?A/*7NW' M7NI3P)MRU@E)L10PR^VB%4DL(GBQMJ_F;E:)5"(RO&%#T)Y.U.Z+E4@>^TT2 MT:;L;N\V[.U4X`XL<:D><=58??`(G_`*O_`,W_`.__`0'_$2[T(R&0?7-5;+ M4##_D]<__$@'_(B/_(D7_(F?_((-)UQT%L+.N_E[N]#E4A<.;T)"@JB M\/(PCU&)Q``F1`2((+?4GO,,(NW@N.U"[R)$+SM&?_0=DO0XS_3(Y/3]#O6L M)/5>1/6;"_"&C/40K/6.SO55[_7_N@SV87\Y9$]*5E_O9[])::_M:\_V8J_- M;S^ROW>U_W,"WX4`3XGK#TAL]/A(_4BT\_ MB!_TCY]'C6_8DV\]D:_XEQ^=CR#YF^\:F?_YM!/ZHH\YI%_ZA'/ZJ&\VJK_Z ML%[Y#N[Z=M/ZLM_KL%_6M3\UM)_[WK+[O,_LMP_CO]\QOC_\A%+\QD\GR)_\ MT1[\:*[YS#^@>1_]E[+\U/\CUG_]2._\>*[]U<_]MN[]W3[]XC\FV5_^0P_^ MEH[^D4GE4IDH.I," M`9-:M5ZQ_UGMEMOU?L%A\9A<-I_1:752N-ZVB0%`=.JVW_%Y_9[?]_\![>`" MBP;EZ`@3%1<9&QT?(1\'$PWGD``^,C4W.3L]/T%#14=)2TU/45-55UE;75]A M8V5G:6MM:8<8&XIVT:0`#_\^`"?Y?O^"_8;_BO>._9+[EKL(#AH1#$`,$-*> M^Z+YION:];SYP/?$^F6BGXIV+=C+:V>BFX\,_(=V,7%/2S4H M5,-RCQ M9M6ZE>LC:UV!$LA61BP6`_G^?"6D]FA9L%FV]0.A@`$(`0H$J`VP5\&8`P@6 M!$`+@H&">O?0'M@;8*P8`PP*#%Y0[>Z^`GL=D"F@8',1`@M`%!!=H`B#O?N\ M%.!&A`""#PW4T@T]NO1I,`H<-*A;9/)A?(4*E[G7ES7H`Y6-%&#`]@N!!P`> MQ*X[FC1K`0\:IUX-HO5KZ;-%>[Z>G0MNW49ZV_LM9#%Q,<,]&T<.XL%BQF`- M+)!;.#R(7)L!D`N,ZAQX@+?6LMF&"`$"9.Z+`QK([C/_B.C/'@#(\^*!ZNZ; MBP$%0B%,`1#_132`1!.W(*`O`F`K+L0$5[N,Q@$% M,T*V_ZI#8+B`2V`KQR8(X`5R4#+'B(,R`P*$)PP((#(RM#OB`*> MRPP$Q4)#@$LPZF2RR.,,I&\*!/(:8Y!^I@'M.B(>N#13,`8+,C0#_PRT@1^E M7/4(!`X`0%%&4S3CSP7&\K324`E##8Q-B^C4KEVG8,!7:HHP%5%`G^".MS$, M<-4(6&4E0K'!_GK+OWZRG4:*;1KXH#HRL@6U@$ID32`!![L`(`'E$$`KR6>& MN>R#R<8(@+AC_^2TI`T&%OA@NR^:(2"7;(/Y-^"!OUB6B"0K$6`!U8[M0F** MGZ77/P0><.#1+CY`ZQ"$_1WB@U`=8%>+@@_F)F&34599"X=!@!B@9&03XV), M,]Y'G.#@["T!+#2T;0;ZV#1TW;;9T$@>MJ* MOW@@T,PR)Z(!`2VN@X!Z#=18:YZL$`"R.4.TANTB+@NCF`/<>_/W"O\;]\*! MS):MVY):PPBFULW]+@UU+5J[JQ?C(P?(4+./()[TP[V'G8OE3P6A]>3S?GX( MZK/FDV&N@BFW0P3D^M2,839TG9!>&G)6N9MD`P&H$=03*@8%1('B3`*I3 M`-14ZU=GP&2YJ MCD?JZ]&X"'9',G9Q-G8IDID8)RGYT=$_8V'_W\H`TIHU-E$;9BQD',8@QQ99 MD4GF:Y<>M[.FIHE.5BO"UX+P8@V)*0``2-/"`AATHS=Q1SWY"$"=#$,&O``@ M,@,\#EZXDX!4AA%1>G(/==3WK@"%P0`=>YQ]/C,88+KK7);$P@$F-LP!^F:% MY\+CU*SI(@S.IQZDA./*^N-`9=)F4?90@"FK4,Q($0:9GP1/=8((@',^*)IS MF&8K24<&"-)2F]::CS:P*#J!#I2@!37H01&:4(4NE*$-=>A#(1I1B4Z4HA6U MZ$4QFE&-;I2C'?7H1T$:4I&.E*0E->E)49I2E:Z4I2UUZ4MA&E.9SI2F-;7I M37&:4YWNE*<]]>E/_X$:5*$.E:A%->I1D9I4I2Z5J4UUZE.AVI,&9M0M4=6* M:>RSF':UR9E$4("!"(#&='(U0#:ZGA9PB81B.@A%M"PE4A8P`;QIX3$.0,MC MHE@A+D&&C%/X"_Z^^B@L/H:4&D3"=>2)@/F=P6N1:$T",A&OU-R%EH"\@HS. M136:!F``G?7L`"1`#52.J(=(((``AM"GLUX1(.<2GQA>&[[7'8%J:.&9401` M@0P"%+#@;98D`^ M-48L;#D`6S#DF:NQID00T8!Z-;#8[UKBE5P@P+LN/-/TJI>]7'"O$3X/4`TP+^? MO0#ND`#>'\8K47,K]6,$@#ZO]OF+QD(?@Y0#T`/_.*`HS"U"F/@R-*=0@!;EP0!DY6H`)/#9W3['W27>X1RB%BM+3%$!K)[N M!^Q:7"(O0[(+6(VXC8!P_[!/VTSJ6QV6\8M#S,XYQ&%`75QE#3@L0S]"H"X: MW@R*7@\`%"I.>*+L*J('[$+EN]!L8Q`L)`B>EAL&Z`_'1M<&-]TMH@2H=X`6 M,'()_-RRR4+-*R7()R?`X1<$J(8#IN".(H?FV$2(^!3&:*A#M&'=5=>&C981 M[HI-TD#3"$;@`@&`"63W_[,`WFK3&D#*!353ET=00`)6,W6[@&:Z`6(`?.M^ M\B)(&`EL.\;59R@'MOV=.!OWNB(:L`'U7F"!*\8Q5P&%>7/$'#US.,8Z:[7U M(<`!>AF=\6<#K`5ANRY466/Z%.HAHZ@?2^]>1_QQ#&:G.;1!'7`(3]CETN)0 MHVT*9F=Q5_.`HS/WF@*K58*!<20W5@(/OOUXL\!Y$_7&.#A$9\-$8]Z<(0=4 MIUJ'7]`4@L&8\1LQ,S:JN^,/8.%%$2*W*#9Y%41M=;7,;O_F,+<1#N$8]*7' MN$01.^'JJ,OVB"!"&B& M*O^$U;3!@2SA+D)PAE+O#QA@`B#@!6'P!3L@_[#`P!9%^L1J=D@C;>:B%Z:. M`12E@_1,&YKK8:!K`3HHW>[H0"CX#ZW0' M+0B'/OH";ARN9AR%SH((V'+#1`"1X@BC+LA&`1H`.Z!D+D#C[B[N#XTC`3@# MSB+1"`#&U/ZP_=I/_@8PB+0A0@!!"E`Q%5$Q"ZD`K\`/0ZC-6EZIW<8OR19% ML>3I.4"EM$[K3A:E%F_+"'H1@F)(4JC,%5/D12Y.4.RXH0"^`C*HK&9"R3F@ M;'D8+5Q^`R("QL&\RPK>3$0F)S#F0''$L4]*RS,"($8(QQR59$[J(1\D1@K* M+4+>$:?(Z@AL),1\KI3:#4-D9-:B(T"RHQ_[81\_3"#+"CH8K0#ZL2'51P"4 MI$%F(Q_UC4:*Z2ZP1>[BC,481"U8L:*^,0UT2'1\;C!*L@KVT;(^S`@.X"QZ G;"6M:BI&4J(.:/S02?60;Z9&*";WR\&*+J>.@R%YBAIS$@N"```[ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----